1 #ifndef __LINUX_NL80211_H
2 #define __LINUX_NL80211_H
4 * 802.11 netlink interface public header
6 * Copyright 2006-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
7 * Copyright 2008 Michael Wu <flamingice@sourmilk.net>
8 * Copyright 2008 Luis Carlos Cobo <luisca@cozybit.com>
9 * Copyright 2008 Michael Buesch <m@bues.ch>
10 * Copyright 2008, 2009 Luis R. Rodriguez <lrodriguez@atheros.com>
11 * Copyright 2008 Jouni Malinen <jouni.malinen@atheros.com>
12 * Copyright 2008 Colin McCabe <colin@cozybit.com>
13 * Copyright 2015-2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH
14 * Copyright (C) 2018-2024 Intel Corporation
16 * Permission to use, copy, modify, and/or distribute this software for any
17 * purpose with or without fee is hereby granted, provided that the above
18 * copyright notice and this permission notice appear in all copies.
20 * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS" AND THE AUTHOR DISCLAIMS ALL WARRANTIES
21 * WITH REGARD TO THIS SOFTWARE INCLUDING ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
22 * MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHOR BE LIABLE FOR
23 * ANY SPECIAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES OR ANY DAMAGES
24 * WHATSOEVER RESULTING FROM LOSS OF USE, DATA OR PROFITS, WHETHER IN AN
25 * ACTION OF CONTRACT, NEGLIGENCE OR OTHER TORTIOUS ACTION, ARISING OUT OF
26 * OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE USE OR PERFORMANCE OF THIS SOFTWARE.
31 * This header file defines the userspace API to the wireless stack. Please
32 * be careful not to break things - i.e. don't move anything around or so
33 * unless you can demonstrate that it breaks neither API nor ABI.
35 * Additions to the API should be accompanied by actual implementations in
36 * an upstream driver, so that example implementations exist in case there
37 * are ever concerns about the precise semantics of the API or changes are
38 * needed, and to ensure that code for dead (no longer implemented) API
39 * can actually be identified and removed.
40 * Nonetheless, semantics should also be documented carefully in this file.
43 #include <linux/types.h>
45 #define NL80211_GENL_NAME "nl80211"
47 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_CONFIG "config"
48 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_SCAN "scan"
49 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_REG "regulatory"
50 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_MLME "mlme"
51 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_VENDOR "vendor"
52 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_NAN "nan"
53 #define NL80211_MULTICAST_GROUP_TESTMODE "testmode"
55 #define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MIN 4
56 #define NL80211_EDMG_BW_CONFIG_MAX 15
57 #define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MIN 1
58 #define NL80211_EDMG_CHANNELS_MAX 0x3c /* 0b00111100 */
61 * DOC: Station handling
63 * Stations are added per interface, but a special case exists with VLAN
64 * interfaces. When a station is bound to an AP interface, it may be moved
65 * into a VLAN identified by a VLAN interface index (%NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN).
66 * The station is still assumed to belong to the AP interface it was added
69 * Station handling varies per interface type and depending on the driver's
72 * For drivers supporting TDLS with external setup (WIPHY_FLAG_SUPPORTS_TDLS
73 * and WIPHY_FLAG_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP), the station lifetime is as follows:
74 * - a setup station entry is added, not yet authorized, without any rate
75 * or capability information; this just exists to avoid race conditions
76 * - when the TDLS setup is done, a single NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION is valid
77 * to add rate and capability information to the station and at the same
78 * time mark it authorized.
79 * - %NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK is then used
80 * - after this, the only valid operation is to remove it by tearing down
81 * the TDLS link (%NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK)
83 * TODO: need more info for other interface types
87 * DOC: Frame transmission/registration support
89 * Frame transmission and registration support exists to allow userspace
90 * management entities such as wpa_supplicant to react to management frames
91 * that are not being handled by the kernel. This includes, for example,
92 * certain classes of action frames that cannot be handled in the kernel
93 * for various reasons.
95 * Frame registration is done on a per-interface basis and registrations
96 * cannot be removed other than by closing the socket. It is possible to
97 * specify a registration filter to register, for example, only for a
98 * certain type of action frame. In particular with action frames, those
99 * that userspace registers for will not be returned as unhandled by the
100 * driver, so that the registered application has to take responsibility
103 * The type of frame that can be registered for is also dependent on the
104 * driver and interface type. The frame types are advertised in wiphy
105 * attributes so applications know what to expect.
107 * NOTE: When an interface changes type while registrations are active,
108 * these registrations are ignored until the interface type is
109 * changed again. This means that changing the interface type can
110 * lead to a situation that couldn't otherwise be produced, but
111 * any such registrations will be dormant in the sense that they
112 * will not be serviced, i.e. they will not receive any frames.
114 * Frame transmission allows userspace to send for example the required
115 * responses to action frames. It is subject to some sanity checking,
116 * but many frames can be transmitted. When a frame is transmitted, its
117 * status is indicated to the sending socket.
119 * For more technical details, see the corresponding command descriptions
124 * DOC: Virtual interface / concurrency capabilities
126 * Some devices are able to operate with virtual MACs; they can have
127 * more than one virtual interface. The capability handling for this
128 * is a bit complex though, as there may be a number of restrictions
129 * on the types of concurrency that are supported.
131 * To start with, each device supports the interface types listed in
132 * the %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES attribute, but by listing the
133 * types there no concurrency is implied.
135 * Once concurrency is desired, more attributes must be observed:
136 * To start with, since some interface types are purely managed in
137 * software, like the AP-VLAN type in mac80211 for example, there's
138 * an additional list of these; they can be added at any time and
139 * are only restricted by some semantic restrictions (e.g. AP-VLAN
140 * cannot be added without a corresponding AP interface). This list
141 * is exported in the %NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES attribute.
143 * Further, the list of supported combinations is exported. This is
144 * in the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute. Basically,
145 * it exports a list of "groups", and at any point in time the
146 * interfaces that are currently active must fall into any one of
147 * the advertised groups. Within each group, there are restrictions
148 * on the number of interfaces of different types that are supported
149 * and also the number of different channels, along with potentially
150 * some other restrictions. See &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
152 * All together, these attributes define the concurrency of virtual
153 * interfaces that a given device supports.
157 * DOC: packet coalesce support
159 * In most cases, host that receives IPv4 and IPv6 multicast/broadcast
160 * packets does not do anything with these packets. Therefore the
161 * reception of these unwanted packets causes unnecessary processing
162 * and power consumption.
164 * Packet coalesce feature helps to reduce number of received interrupts
165 * to host by buffering these packets in firmware/hardware for some
166 * predefined time. Received interrupt will be generated when one of the
167 * following events occurs.
168 * a) Expiration of hardware timer whose expiration time is set to maximum
169 * coalescing delay of matching coalesce rule.
170 * b) Coalescing buffer in hardware reaches its limit.
171 * c) Packet doesn't match any of the configured coalesce rules.
173 * User needs to configure following parameters for creating a coalesce
175 * a) Maximum coalescing delay
176 * b) List of packet patterns which needs to be matched
177 * c) Condition for coalescence: pattern 'match' or 'no match'
178 * Multiple such rules can be created.
182 * DOC: WPA/WPA2 EAPOL handshake offload
184 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK flag drivers
185 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2
186 * preshared key authentication in station mode. In %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
187 * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers
188 * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when no
189 * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does
190 * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY.
192 * Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X flag can be
193 * set by drivers indicating offload support of the PTK/GTK EAPOL
194 * handshakes during 802.1X authentication in station mode. In order to
195 * use the offload the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT should have
196 * %NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS attribute flag. Drivers supporting this
197 * offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT when the attribute flag is
200 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK flag drivers
201 * can indicate they support offloading EAPOL handshakes for WPA/WPA2
202 * preshared key authentication in AP mode. In %NL80211_CMD_START_AP
203 * the preshared key should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_PMK. Drivers
204 * supporting this offload may reject the %NL80211_CMD_START_AP when no
205 * preshared key material is provided, for example when that driver does
206 * not support setting the temporal keys through %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY.
208 * For 802.1X the PMK or PMK-R0 are set by providing %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
209 * using %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT support also
210 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME must be provided.
214 * DOC: FILS shared key authentication offload
216 * FILS shared key authentication offload can be advertised by drivers by
217 * setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support
218 * FILS shared key authentication offload should be able to construct the
219 * authentication and association frames for FILS shared key authentication and
220 * eventually do a key derivation as per IEEE 802.11ai. The below additional
221 * parameters should be given to driver in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and/or in
222 * %NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS.
223 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME - used to construct keyname_nai
224 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM - used to construct keyname_nai
225 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used to construct erp message
226 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK - used to generate the rIK and rMSK
227 * rIK should be used to generate an authentication tag on the ERP message and
228 * rMSK should be used to derive a PMKSA.
229 * rIK, rMSK should be generated and keyname_nai, sequence number should be used
230 * as specified in IETF RFC 6696.
232 * When FILS shared key authentication is completed, driver needs to provide the
233 * below additional parameters to userspace, which can be either after setting
234 * up a connection or after roaming.
235 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - used for key renewal
236 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM - used in further EAP-RP exchanges
237 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID - used to identify the PMKSA used/generated
238 * %Nl80211_ATTR_PMK - used to update PMKSA cache in userspace
239 * The PMKSA can be maintained in userspace persistently so that it can be used
240 * later after reboots or wifi turn off/on also.
242 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the cache identifier advertised by a FILS
243 * capable AP supporting PMK caching. It specifies the scope within which the
244 * PMKSAs are cached in an ESS. %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and
245 * %NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA are enhanced to allow support for PMKSA caching based
246 * on FILS cache identifier. Additionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK is used with
247 * %NL80211_SET_PMKSA to specify the PMK corresponding to a PMKSA for driver to
248 * use in a FILS shared key connection with PMKSA caching.
252 * DOC: SAE authentication offload
254 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they
255 * support offloading SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks in station
256 * mode. Similarly @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP flag can be set by
257 * drivers indicating the offload support in AP mode.
259 * The password for SAE should be specified using %NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD in
260 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP for station and AP mode
265 * DOC: VLAN offload support for setting group keys and binding STAs to VLANs
267 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD flag drivers can indicate they
268 * support offloading VLAN functionality in a manner where the driver exposes a
269 * single netdev that uses VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs
270 * can then be added using RTM_NEWLINK/IFLA_VLAN_ID similarly to the Ethernet
271 * case. Frames received from stations that are not assigned to any VLAN are
272 * delivered on the main netdev and frames to such stations can be sent through
275 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY (for group keys), %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION, and
276 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION will optionally specify vlan_id using
277 * %NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID.
281 * DOC: TID configuration
283 * TID config support can be checked in the %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG
284 * attribute given in wiphy capabilities.
286 * The necessary configuration parameters are mentioned in
287 * &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr and it will be passed to the
288 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG command in %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG.
290 * If the configuration needs to be applied for specific peer then the MAC
291 * address of the peer needs to be passed in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, otherwise the
292 * configuration will be applied for all the connected peers in the vif except
293 * any peers that have peer-specific configuration for the TID by default; if
294 * the %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE flag is set, peer-specific values
295 * will be overwritten.
297 * All this configuration is valid only for STA's current connection,
298 * i.e., the configuration will be reset to default when the STA connects back
299 * after disconnection/roaming, and this configuration will be cleared when
300 * the interface goes down.
304 * DOC: FILS shared key crypto offload
306 * This feature is applicable to drivers running in AP mode.
308 * FILS shared key crypto offload can be advertised by drivers by setting
309 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD flag. The drivers that support
310 * FILS shared key crypto offload should be able to encrypt and decrypt
311 * association frames for FILS shared key authentication as per IEEE 802.11ai.
312 * With this capability, for FILS key derivation, drivers depend on userspace.
314 * After FILS key derivation, userspace shares the FILS AAD details with the
315 * driver and the driver stores the same to use in decryption of association
316 * request and in encryption of association response. The below parameters
317 * should be given to the driver in %NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD.
318 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC - STA MAC address, used for storing FILS AAD per STA
319 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - Used for encryption or decryption
320 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES - Used for encryption or decryption
321 * (STA Nonce 16 bytes followed by AP Nonce 16 bytes)
323 * Once the association is done, the driver cleans the FILS AAD data.
327 * DOC: Multi-Link Operation
329 * In Multi-Link Operation, a connection between two MLDs utilizes multiple
330 * links. To use this in nl80211, various commands and responses now need
331 * to or will include the new %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS attribute.
332 * Additionally, various commands that need to operate on a specific link
333 * now need to be given the %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID attribute, e.g. to
334 * use %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or similar functions.
338 * DOC: OWE DH IE handling offload
340 * By setting @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD flag, drivers can indicate
341 * kernel/application space to avoid DH IE handling. When this flag is
342 * advertised, the driver/device will take care of DH IE inclusion and
343 * processing of peer DH IE to generate PMK.
347 * enum nl80211_commands - supported nl80211 commands
349 * @NL80211_CMD_UNSPEC: unspecified command to catch errors
351 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY: request information about a wiphy or dump request
352 * to get a list of all present wiphys.
353 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY: set wiphy parameters, needs %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or
354 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX; can be used to set %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME,
355 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
356 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET (and the attributes determining the
357 * channel width; this is used for setting monitor mode channel),
358 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG,
359 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD, and/or
360 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD. However, for setting the channel,
361 * see %NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL instead, the support here is for backward
362 * compatibility only.
363 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY: Newly created wiphy, response to get request
364 * or rename notification. Has attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and
365 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
366 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY: Wiphy deleted. Has attributes
367 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME.
369 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE: Request an interface's configuration;
370 * either a dump request for all interfaces or a specific get with a
371 * single %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is supported.
372 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE: Set type of a virtual interface, requires
373 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE.
374 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE: Newly created virtual interface or response
375 * to %NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE. Has %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX,
376 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY and %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE attributes. Can also
377 * be sent from userspace to request creation of a new virtual interface,
378 * then requires attributes %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE and
379 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME.
380 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE: Virtual interface was deleted, has attributes
381 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY. Can also be sent from
382 * userspace to request deletion of a virtual interface, then requires
383 * attribute %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. If multiple BSSID advertisements are
384 * enabled using %NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG, %NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS,
385 * and if this command is used for the transmitting interface, then all
386 * the non-transmitting interfaces are deleted as well.
388 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY: Get sequence counter information for a key specified
389 * by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX and/or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
390 * represents peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key. For MLO group key,
391 * the link is identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID.
392 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY: Set key attributes %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT,
393 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT, or %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_THRESHOLD.
394 * For MLO connection, the link to set default key is identified by
395 * %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID.
396 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY: add a key with given %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA,
397 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER,
398 * and %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ attributes. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC represents
399 * peer's MLD address for MLO pairwise key. The link to add MLO
400 * group key is identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID.
401 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY: delete a key identified by %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX
402 * or %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC represents peer's MLD address
403 * for MLO pairwise key. The link to delete group key is identified by
404 * %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID.
406 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON: (not used)
407 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON: change the beacon on an access point interface
408 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD and %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL
409 * attributes. For drivers that generate the beacon and probe responses
410 * internally, the following attributes must be provided: %NL80211_ATTR_IE,
411 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP and %NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP.
412 * @NL80211_CMD_START_AP: Start AP operation on an AP interface, parameters
413 * are like for %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON, and additionally parameters that
414 * do not change are used, these include %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL,
415 * %NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD, %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
416 * %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE,
417 * %NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP, %NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS,
418 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES, %NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY,
419 * %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT,
420 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS.
421 * The channel to use can be set on the interface or be given using the
422 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, and the
423 * attributes determining channel width.
424 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP
425 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP: Stop AP operation on the given interface
426 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON: old alias for %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP
428 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION: Get station attributes for station identified by
429 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
430 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION: Set station attributes for station identified by
431 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
432 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION: Add a station with given attributes to the
433 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
434 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION: Remove a station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
435 * or, if no MAC address given, all stations, on the interface identified
436 * by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX. For MLD station, MLD address is used in
437 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE and
438 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE can optionally be used to specify which type
439 * of disconnection indication should be sent to the station
440 * (Deauthentication or Disassociation frame and reason code for that
441 * frame). %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID can be used optionally to remove
442 * stations connected and using at least that link as one of its links.
444 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH: Get mesh path attributes for mesh path to
445 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
446 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
447 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH: Set mesh path attributes for mesh path to
448 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
449 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
450 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH: Create a new mesh path for the destination given by
451 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC via %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP.
452 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH: Delete a mesh path to the destination given by
454 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS: Set BSS attributes for BSS identified by
455 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
457 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_REG: ask the wireless core to send us its currently set
458 * regulatory domain. If %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is specified and the device
459 * has a private regulatory domain, it will be returned. Otherwise, the
460 * global regdomain will be returned.
461 * A device will have a private regulatory domain if it uses the
462 * regulatory_hint() API. Even when a private regdomain is used the channel
463 * information will still be mended according to further hints from
464 * the regulatory core to help with compliance. A dump version of this API
465 * is now available which will returns the global regdomain as well as
466 * all private regdomains of present wiphys (for those that have it).
467 * If a wiphy is self-managed (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG), then
468 * its private regdomain is the only valid one for it. The regulatory
469 * core is not used to help with compliance in this case.
470 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REG: Set current regulatory domain. CRDA sends this command
471 * after being queried by the kernel. CRDA replies by sending a regulatory
472 * domain structure which consists of %NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA set to our
473 * current alpha2 if it found a match. It also provides
474 * NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS, and a set of regulatory rules. Each
475 * regulatory rule is a nested set of attributes given by
476 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FREQ_[START|END] and
477 * %NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW with an attached power rule given by
478 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_ANT_GAIN and
479 * %NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_POWER_MAX_EIRP.
480 * @NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG: ask the wireless core to set the regulatory domain
481 * to the specified ISO/IEC 3166-1 alpha2 country code. The core will
482 * store this as a valid request and then query userspace for it.
484 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG: Get mesh networking properties for the
485 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
487 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG: Set mesh networking properties for the
488 * interface identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
490 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE: Set extra IEs for management frames. The
491 * interface is identified with %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and the management
492 * frame subtype with %NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE. The extra IE data to be
493 * added to the end of the specified management frame is specified with
494 * %NL80211_ATTR_IE. If the command succeeds, the requested data will be
495 * added to all specified management frames generated by
496 * kernel/firmware/driver.
497 * Note: This command has been removed and it is only reserved at this
498 * point to avoid re-using existing command number. The functionality this
499 * command was planned for has been provided with cleaner design with the
500 * option to specify additional IEs in NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN,
501 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE,
502 * NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE, and NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
504 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN: get scan results
505 * @NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN: trigger a new scan with the given parameters
506 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
507 * probe requests at CCK rate or not. %NL80211_ATTR_BSSID can be used to
508 * specify a BSSID to scan for; if not included, the wildcard BSSID will
510 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS: scan notification (as a reply to
511 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN and on the "scan" multicast group)
512 * @NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED: scan was aborted, for unspecified reasons,
513 * partial scan results may be available
515 * @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN: start a scheduled scan at certain
516 * intervals and certain number of cycles, as specified by
517 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS. If %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is
518 * not specified and only %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL is specified,
519 * scheduled scan will run in an infinite loop with the specified interval.
520 * These attributes are mutually exclusive,
521 * i.e. NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL must not be passed if
522 * NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS is defined.
523 * If for some reason scheduled scan is aborted by the driver, all scan
524 * plans are canceled (including scan plans that did not start yet).
525 * Like with normal scans, if SSIDs (%NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS)
526 * are passed, they are used in the probe requests. For
527 * broadcast, a broadcast SSID must be passed (ie. an empty
528 * string). If no SSID is passed, no probe requests are sent and
529 * a passive scan is performed. %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES,
530 * if passed, define which channels should be scanned; if not
531 * passed, all channels allowed for the current regulatory domain
532 * are used. Extra IEs can also be passed from the userspace by
533 * using the %NL80211_ATTR_IE attribute. The first cycle of the
534 * scheduled scan can be delayed by %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY
535 * is supplied. If the device supports multiple concurrent scheduled
536 * scans, it will allow such when the caller provides the flag attribute
537 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI to indicate user-space support for it.
538 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN: stop a scheduled scan. Returns -ENOENT if
539 * scheduled scan is not running. The caller may assume that as soon
540 * as the call returns, it is safe to start a new scheduled scan again.
541 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS: indicates that there are scheduled scan
543 * @NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED: indicates that the scheduled scan has
544 * stopped. The driver may issue this event at any time during a
545 * scheduled scan. One reason for stopping the scan is if the hardware
546 * does not support starting an association or a normal scan while running
547 * a scheduled scan. This event is also sent when the
548 * %NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN command is received or when the interface
549 * is brought down while a scheduled scan was running.
551 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY: get survey results, e.g. channel occupation
553 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS: survey data notification (as a reply to
554 * NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY and on the "scan" multicast group)
556 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA: Add a PMKSA cache entry using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
557 * (for the BSSID), %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and optionally %NL80211_ATTR_PMK
558 * (PMK is used for PTKSA derivation in case of FILS shared key offload) or
559 * using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID, %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID,
560 * %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMK in case of FILS
561 * authentication where %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID is the identifier
562 * advertised by a FILS capable AP identifying the scope of PMKSA in an
564 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA: Delete a PMKSA cache entry, using %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
565 * (for the BSSID) and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID or using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID,
566 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID, and %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID in case of FILS
567 * authentication. Additionally in case of SAE offload and OWE offloads
568 * PMKSA entry can be deleted using %NL80211_ATTR_SSID.
569 * @NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA: Flush all PMKSA cache entries.
571 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE: indicates to userspace the regulatory domain
572 * has been changed and provides details of the request information
573 * that caused the change such as who initiated the regulatory request
574 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR), the wiphy_idx
575 * (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2) on which the request was made from if
576 * the initiator was %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE or
577 * %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER, the type of regulatory domain
578 * set (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE), if the type of regulatory domain is
579 * %NL80211_REG_TYPE_COUNTRY the alpha2 to which we have moved on
580 * to (%NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2).
581 * @NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT: indicates to userspace that an AP beacon
582 * has been found while world roaming thus enabling active scan or
583 * any mode of operation that initiates TX (beacons) on a channel
584 * where we would not have been able to do either before. As an example
585 * if you are world roaming (regulatory domain set to world or if your
586 * driver is using a custom world roaming regulatory domain) and while
587 * doing a passive scan on the 5 GHz band you find an AP there (if not
588 * on a DFS channel) you will now be able to actively scan for that AP
589 * or use AP mode on your card on that same channel. Note that this will
590 * never be used for channels 1-11 on the 2 GHz band as they are always
591 * enabled world wide. This beacon hint is only sent if your device had
592 * either disabled active scanning or beaconing on a channel. We send to
593 * userspace the wiphy on which we removed a restriction from
594 * (%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY) and the channel on which this occurred
595 * before (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE) and after (%NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER)
596 * the beacon hint was processed.
598 * @NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE: authentication request and notification.
599 * This command is used both as a command (request to authenticate) and
600 * as an event on the "mlme" multicast group indicating completion of the
601 * authentication process.
602 * When used as a command, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to identify the
603 * interface. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify PeerSTAAddress (and
604 * BSSID in case of station mode). %NL80211_ATTR_SSID is used to specify
605 * the SSID (mainly for association, but is included in authentication
606 * request, too, to help BSS selection. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ +
607 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET is used to specify the frequency of the
608 * channel in MHz. %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE is used to specify the
609 * authentication type. %NL80211_ATTR_IE is used to define IEs
610 * (VendorSpecificInfo, but also including RSN IE and FT IEs) to be added
612 * When used as an event, this reports reception of an Authentication
613 * frame in station and IBSS modes when the local MLME processed the
614 * frame, i.e., it was for the local STA and was received in correct
615 * state. This is similar to MLME-AUTHENTICATE.confirm primitive in the
616 * MLME SAP interface (kernel providing MLME, userspace SME). The
617 * included %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute contains the management frame
618 * (including both the header and frame body, but not FCS). This event is
619 * also used to indicate if the authentication attempt timed out. In that
620 * case the %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME attribute is replaced with a
621 * %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT flag (and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to indicate which
622 * pending authentication timed out).
623 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE: association request and notification; like
624 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Association and Reassociation
625 * (similar to MLME-ASSOCIATE.request, MLME-REASSOCIATE.request,
626 * MLME-ASSOCIATE.confirm or MLME-REASSOCIATE.confirm primitives). The
627 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID attribute is used to specify whether the
628 * request is for the initial association to an ESS (that attribute not
629 * included) or for reassociation within the ESS (that attribute is
631 * @NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE: deauthentication request and notification; like
632 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Deauthentication frames (similar to
633 * MLME-DEAUTHENTICATION.request and MLME-DEAUTHENTICATE.indication
635 * @NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE: disassociation request and notification; like
636 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE but for Disassociation frames (similar to
637 * MLME-DISASSOCIATE.request and MLME-DISASSOCIATE.indication primitives).
639 * @NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE: notification of a locally detected Michael
640 * MIC (part of TKIP) failure; sent on the "mlme" multicast group; the
641 * event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC to describe the source MAC address of
642 * the frame with invalid MIC, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE to show the key
643 * type, %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX to indicate the key identifier, and
644 * %NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ to indicate the TSC value of the frame; this
645 * event matches with MLME-MICHAELMICFAILURE.indication() primitive
647 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS: Join a new IBSS -- given at least an SSID and a
648 * FREQ attribute (for the initial frequency if no peer can be found)
649 * and optionally a MAC (as BSSID) and FREQ_FIXED attribute if those
650 * should be fixed rather than automatically determined. Can only be
651 * executed on a network interface that is UP, and fixed BSSID/FREQ
652 * may be rejected. Another optional parameter is the beacon interval,
653 * given in the %NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL attribute, which if not
654 * given defaults to 100 TU (102.4ms).
655 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS: Leave the IBSS -- no special arguments, the IBSS is
656 * determined by the network interface.
658 * @NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE: testmode command, takes a wiphy (or ifindex) attribute
659 * to identify the device, and the TESTDATA blob attribute to pass through
662 * @NL80211_CMD_CONNECT: connection request and notification; this command
663 * requests to connect to a specified network but without separating
664 * auth and assoc steps. For this, you need to specify the SSID in a
665 * %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute, and can optionally specify the association
666 * IEs in %NL80211_ATTR_IE, %NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE,
667 * %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC, %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ,
668 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET, %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT,
669 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
670 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT,
671 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT, and
672 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT.
673 * If included, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ are
674 * restrictions on BSS selection, i.e., they effectively prevent roaming
675 * within the ESS. %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT
676 * can be included to provide a recommendation of the initial BSS while
677 * allowing the driver to roam to other BSSes within the ESS and also to
678 * ignore this recommendation if the indicated BSS is not ideal. Only one
679 * set of BSSID,frequency parameters is used (i.e., either the enforcing
680 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC,%NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ or the less strict
681 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT and %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT).
682 * Driver shall not modify the IEs specified through %NL80211_ATTR_IE if
683 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is included. However, if %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT is
684 * included, these IEs through %NL80211_ATTR_IE are specified by the user
685 * space based on the best possible BSS selected. Thus, if the driver ends
686 * up selecting a different BSS, it can modify these IEs accordingly (e.g.
687 * userspace asks the driver to perform PMKSA caching with BSS1 and the
688 * driver ends up selecting BSS2 with different PMKSA cache entry; RSNIE
689 * has to get updated with the apt PMKID).
690 * %NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID can be used to request a reassociation within
691 * the ESS in case the device is already associated and an association with
692 * a different BSS is desired.
693 * Background scan period can optionally be
694 * specified in %NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD,
695 * if not specified default background scan configuration
696 * in driver is used and if period value is 0, bg scan will be disabled.
697 * This attribute is ignored if driver does not support roam scan.
698 * It is also sent as an event, with the BSSID and response IEs when the
699 * connection is established or failed to be established. This can be
700 * determined by the %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute (0 = success,
701 * non-zero = failure). If %NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT is included in the
702 * event, the connection attempt failed due to not being able to initiate
703 * authentication/association or not receiving a response from the AP.
704 * Non-zero %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE value is indicated in that case as
705 * well to remain backwards compatible.
706 * @NL80211_CMD_ROAM: Notification indicating the card/driver roamed by itself.
707 * When a security association was established on an 802.1X network using
708 * fast transition, this event should be followed by an
709 * %NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED event.
710 * Following a %NL80211_CMD_ROAM event userspace can issue
711 * %NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN in order to obtain the scan information for the
712 * new BSS the card/driver roamed to.
713 * @NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT: drop a given connection; also used to notify
714 * userspace that a connection was dropped by the AP or due to other
715 * reasons, for this the %NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP and
716 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE attributes are used.
718 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS: Set a wiphy's netns. Note that all devices
719 * associated with this wiphy must be down and will follow.
721 * @NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: Request to remain awake on the specified
722 * channel for the specified amount of time. This can be used to do
723 * off-channel operations like transmit a Public Action frame and wait for
724 * a response while being associated to an AP on another channel.
725 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify which interface (and thus
726 * radio) is used. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used to specify the
727 * frequency for the operation.
728 * %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION is used to specify the duration in milliseconds
729 * to remain on the channel. This command is also used as an event to
730 * notify when the requested duration starts (it may take a while for the
731 * driver to schedule this time due to other concurrent needs for the
733 * When called, this operation returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
734 * that will be included with any events pertaining to this request;
735 * the cookie is also used to cancel the request.
736 * @NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL: This command can be used to cancel a
737 * pending remain-on-channel duration if the desired operation has been
738 * completed prior to expiration of the originally requested duration.
739 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY or %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the
740 * radio. The %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attribute must be given as well to
741 * uniquely identify the request.
742 * This command is also used as an event to notify when a requested
743 * remain-on-channel duration has expired.
745 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK: Set the mask of rates to be used in TX
746 * rate selection. %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is used to specify the interface
747 * and @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES the set of allowed rates.
749 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME: Register for receiving certain mgmt frames
750 * (via @NL80211_CMD_FRAME) for processing in userspace. This command
751 * requires an interface index, a frame type attribute (optional for
752 * backward compatibility reasons, if not given assumes action frames)
753 * and a match attribute containing the first few bytes of the frame
754 * that should match, e.g. a single byte for only a category match or
755 * four bytes for vendor frames including the OUI. The registration
756 * cannot be dropped, but is removed automatically when the netlink
757 * socket is closed. Multiple registrations can be made.
758 * The %NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST flag attribute can be given if
759 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS is available, in which
760 * case the registration can also be modified to include/exclude the
761 * flag, rather than requiring unregistration to change it.
762 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME for
763 * backward compatibility
764 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME: Management frame TX request and RX notification. This
765 * command is used both as a request to transmit a management frame and
766 * as an event indicating reception of a frame that was not processed in
767 * kernel code, but is for us (i.e., which may need to be processed in a
768 * user space application). %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
769 * frame contents (including header). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ is used
770 * to indicate on which channel the frame is to be transmitted or was
771 * received. If this channel is not the current channel (remain-on-channel
772 * or the operational channel) the device will switch to the given channel
773 * and transmit the frame, optionally waiting for a response for the time
774 * specified using %NL80211_ATTR_DURATION. When called, this operation
775 * returns a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE) that will be included with the
776 * TX status event pertaining to the TX request.
777 * %NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE is used to decide whether to send the
778 * management frames at CCK rate or not in 2GHz band.
779 * %NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX is an array of offsets to CSA
780 * counters which will be updated to the current value. This attribute
781 * is used during CSA period.
782 * For TX on an MLD, the frequency can be omitted and the link ID be
783 * specified, or if transmitting to a known peer MLD (with MLD addresses
784 * in the frame) both can be omitted and the link will be selected by
786 * For RX notification, %NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP may be included to
787 * indicate the frame RX timestamp and %NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP may
788 * be included to indicate the ack TX timestamp.
789 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL: When an off-channel TX was requested, this
790 * command may be used with the corresponding cookie to cancel the wait
791 * time if it is known that it is no longer necessary. This command is
792 * also sent as an event whenever the driver has completed the off-channel
794 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME for backward compatibility.
795 * @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a management frame
796 * transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME. %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies
797 * the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME includes the contents of the
798 * frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included if the recipient acknowledged
799 * the frame. %NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP may be included to indicate the
800 * tx timestamp and %NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP may be included to
801 * indicate the ack RX timestamp.
802 * @NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS: Alias for @NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS for
803 * backward compatibility.
805 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE: Set powersave, using %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
806 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE: Get powersave status in %NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
808 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM: Connection quality monitor configuration. This command
809 * is used to configure connection quality monitoring notification trigger
811 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM: Connection quality monitor notification. This
812 * command is used as an event to indicate the that a trigger level was
814 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL: Set the channel (using %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
815 * and the attributes determining channel width) the given interface
816 * (identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX) shall operate on.
817 * In case multiple channels are supported by the device, the mechanism
818 * with which it switches channels is implementation-defined.
819 * When a monitor interface is given, it can only switch channel while
820 * no other interfaces are operating to avoid disturbing the operation
821 * of any other interfaces, and other interfaces will again take
822 * precedence when they are used.
824 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER: Set the MAC address of the peer on a WDS interface
825 * (no longer supported).
827 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST: Configure if this AP should perform
828 * multicast to unicast conversion. When enabled, all multicast packets
829 * with ethertype ARP, IPv4 or IPv6 (possibly within an 802.1Q header)
830 * will be sent out to each station once with the destination (multicast)
831 * MAC address replaced by the station's MAC address. Note that this may
832 * break certain expectations of the receiver, e.g. the ability to drop
833 * unicast IP packets encapsulated in multicast L2 frames, or the ability
834 * to not send destination unreachable messages in such cases.
835 * This can only be toggled per BSS. Configure this on an interface of
836 * type %NL80211_IFTYPE_AP. It applies to all its VLAN interfaces
837 * (%NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN), except for those in 4addr (WDS) mode.
838 * If %NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED is not present with this
839 * command, the feature is disabled.
841 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH: Join a mesh. The mesh ID must be given, and initial
842 * mesh config parameters may be given.
843 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH: Leave the mesh network -- no special arguments, the
844 * network is determined by the network interface.
846 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE: Unprotected deauthentication frame
847 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
848 * deauthentication frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
849 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE: Unprotected disassociation frame
850 * notification. This event is used to indicate that an unprotected
851 * disassociation frame was dropped when MFP is in use.
853 * @NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE: Notification on the reception of a
854 * beacon or probe response from a compatible mesh peer. This is only
855 * sent while no station information (sta_info) exists for the new peer
856 * candidate and when @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH,
857 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE, or
858 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM is set. On reception of this
859 * notification, userspace may decide to create a new station
860 * (@NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). To stop this notification from
861 * reoccurring, the userspace authentication daemon may want to create the
862 * new station with the AUTHENTICATED flag unset and maybe change it later
863 * depending on the authentication result.
865 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN: get Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
866 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN: set Wake-on-Wireless-LAN (WoWLAN) settings.
867 * Since wireless is more complex than wired ethernet, it supports
868 * various triggers. These triggers can be configured through this
869 * command with the %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute. For
870 * more background information, see
871 * https://wireless.wiki.kernel.org/en/users/Documentation/WoWLAN.
872 * The @NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN command can also be used as a notification
873 * from the driver reporting the wakeup reason. In this case, the
874 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS attribute will contain the reason
875 * for the wakeup, if it was caused by wireless. If it is not present
876 * in the wakeup notification, the wireless device didn't cause the
877 * wakeup but reports that it was woken up.
879 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD: This command is used give the driver
880 * the necessary information for supporting GTK rekey offload. This
881 * feature is typically used during WoWLAN. The configuration data
882 * is contained in %NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA (which is nested and
883 * contains the data in sub-attributes). After rekeying happened,
884 * this command may also be sent by the driver as an MLME event to
885 * inform userspace of the new replay counter.
887 * @NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: This is used as an event to inform userspace
888 * of PMKSA caching candidates.
890 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER: Perform a high-level TDLS command (e.g. link setup).
891 * In addition, this can be used as an event to request userspace to take
892 * actions on TDLS links (set up a new link or tear down an existing one).
893 * In such events, %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION indicates the requested
894 * operation, %NL80211_ATTR_MAC contains the peer MAC address, and
895 * %NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE the reason code to be used (only with
896 * %NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN).
897 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT: Send a TDLS management frame. The
898 * %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION attribute determines the type of frame to be
899 * sent. Public Action codes (802.11-2012 8.1.5.1) will be sent as
900 * 802.11 management frames, while TDLS action codes (802.11-2012
901 * 8.5.13.1) will be encapsulated and sent as data frames. The currently
902 * supported Public Action code is %WLAN_PUB_ACTION_TDLS_DISCOVER_RES
903 * and the currently supported TDLS actions codes are given in
904 * &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode.
906 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME: Used by an application controlling an AP
907 * (or GO) interface (i.e. hostapd) to ask for unexpected frames to
908 * implement sending deauth to stations that send unexpected class 3
909 * frames. Also used as the event sent by the kernel when such a frame
911 * For the event, the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC attribute carries the TA and
912 * other attributes like the interface index are present.
913 * If used as the command it must have an interface index and you can
914 * only unsubscribe from the event by closing the socket. Subscription
915 * is also for %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME events.
917 * @NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME: Sent as an event indicating that the
918 * associated station identified by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC sent a 4addr frame
919 * and wasn't already in a 4-addr VLAN. The event will be sent similarly
920 * to the %NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME event, to the same listener.
922 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT: Probe an associated station on an AP interface
923 * by sending a null data frame to it and reporting when the frame is
924 * acknowledged. This is used to allow timing out inactive clients. Uses
925 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. The command returns a
926 * direct reply with an %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE that is later used to match
927 * up the event with the request. The event includes the same data and
928 * has %NL80211_ATTR_ACK set if the frame was ACKed.
930 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS: Register this socket to receive beacons from
931 * other BSSes when any interfaces are in AP mode. This helps implement
932 * OLBC handling in hostapd. Beacons are reported in %NL80211_CMD_FRAME
933 * messages. Note that per PHY only one application may register.
935 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP: sets a bitmap for the individual TIDs whether
936 * No Acknowledgement Policy should be applied.
938 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY: An AP or GO may decide to switch channels
939 * independently of the userspace SME, send this event indicating
940 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX is now on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the
941 * attributes determining channel width. This indication may also be
942 * sent when a remotely-initiated switch (e.g., when a STA receives a CSA
943 * from the remote AP) is completed;
945 * @NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY: Notify that a channel switch
946 * has been started on an interface, regardless of the initiator
947 * (ie. whether it was requested from a remote device or
948 * initiated on our own). It indicates that
949 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX will be on %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
950 * after %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT TBTT's. The userspace may
951 * decide to react to this indication by requesting other
952 * interfaces to change channel as well.
954 * @NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE: Start the given P2P Device, identified by
955 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier. It must have been created with
956 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE previously. After it has been started, the
957 * P2P Device can be used for P2P operations, e.g. remain-on-channel and
958 * public action frame TX.
959 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE: Stop the given P2P Device, identified by
960 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV identifier.
962 * @NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED: connection request to an AP failed; used to
963 * notify userspace that AP has rejected the connection request from a
964 * station, due to particular reason. %NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON
967 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE: Change the rate used to send multicast frames
968 * for IBSS or MESH vif.
970 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL: sets ACL for MAC address based access control.
971 * This is to be used with the drivers advertising the support of MAC
972 * address based access control. List of MAC addresses is passed in
973 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS and ACL policy is passed in
974 * %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY. Driver will enable ACL with this list, if it
975 * is not already done. The new list will replace any existing list. Driver
976 * will clear its ACL when the list of MAC addresses passed is empty. This
977 * command is used in AP/P2P GO mode. Driver has to make sure to clear its
978 * ACL list during %NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP.
980 * @NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT: Start a Channel availability check (CAC). Once
981 * a radar is detected or the channel availability scan (CAC) has finished
982 * or was aborted, or a radar was detected, usermode will be notified with
983 * this event. This command is also used to notify userspace about radars
984 * while operating on this channel.
985 * %NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT is used to inform about the type of the
988 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: Get global nl80211 protocol features,
989 * i.e. features for the nl80211 protocol rather than device features.
990 * Returns the features in the %NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES bitmap.
992 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES: Pass down the most up-to-date Fast Transition
993 * Information Element to the WLAN driver
995 * @NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT: Send a Fast transition event from the WLAN driver
996 * to the supplicant. This will carry the target AP's MAC address along
997 * with the relevant Information Elements. This event is used to report
998 * received FT IEs (MDIE, FTIE, RSN IE, TIE, RICIE).
1000 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START: Indicates user-space will start running
1001 * a critical protocol that needs more reliability in the connection to
1004 * @NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP: Indicates the connection reliability can
1005 * return back to normal.
1007 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE: Get currently supported coalesce rules.
1008 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE: Configure coalesce rules or clear existing rules.
1010 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Perform a channel switch by announcing the
1011 * new channel information (Channel Switch Announcement - CSA)
1012 * in the beacon for some time (as defined in the
1013 * %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT parameter) and then change to the
1014 * new channel. Userspace provides the new channel information (using
1015 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and the attributes determining channel
1016 * width). %NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX may be supplied to inform
1017 * other station that transmission must be blocked until the channel
1018 * switch is complete.
1020 * @NL80211_CMD_VENDOR: Vendor-specified command/event. The command is specified
1021 * by the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID attribute and a sub-command in
1022 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD. Parameter(s) can be transported in
1023 * %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA.
1024 * For feature advertisement, the %NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA attribute is
1025 * used in the wiphy data as a nested attribute containing descriptions
1026 * (&struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info) of the supported vendor commands.
1027 * This may also be sent as an event with the same attributes.
1029 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP: Set Interworking QoS mapping for IP DSCP values.
1030 * The QoS mapping information is included in %NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP. If
1031 * that attribute is not included, QoS mapping is disabled. Since this
1032 * QoS mapping is relevant for IP packets, it is only valid during an
1033 * association. This is cleared on disassociation and AP restart.
1035 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS: Ask the kernel to add a traffic stream for the given
1036 * %NL80211_ATTR_TSID and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC with %NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO
1037 * and %NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME parameters.
1038 * Note that the action frame handshake with the AP shall be handled by
1039 * userspace via the normal management RX/TX framework, this only sets
1040 * up the TX TS in the driver/device.
1041 * If the admitted time attribute is not added then the request just checks
1042 * if a subsequent setup could be successful, the intent is to use this to
1043 * avoid setting up a session with the AP when local restrictions would
1044 * make that impossible. However, the subsequent "real" setup may still
1045 * fail even if the check was successful.
1046 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS: Remove an existing TS with the %NL80211_ATTR_TSID
1047 * and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameters. It isn't necessary to call this
1048 * before removing a station entry entirely, or before disassociating
1049 * or similar, cleanup will happen in the driver/device in this case.
1051 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP: Get mesh path attributes for mesh proxy path to
1052 * destination %NL80211_ATTR_MAC on the interface identified by
1053 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX.
1055 * @NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB: Join the OCB network. The center frequency and
1056 * bandwidth of a channel must be given.
1057 * @NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB: Leave the OCB network -- no special arguments, the
1058 * network is determined by the network interface.
1060 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer,
1061 * identified by the %NL80211_ATTR_MAC parameter. A target channel is
1062 * provided via %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes determining
1063 * channel width/type. The target operating class is given via
1064 * %NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS.
1065 * The driver is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching
1066 * operations and returning to the base channel for communication with the
1068 * @NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS
1069 * peer given by %NL80211_ATTR_MAC. Both peers must be on the base channel
1070 * when this command completes.
1072 * @NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE: Similar to %NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE, but used
1073 * as an event to indicate changes for devices with wiphy-specific regdom
1076 * @NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN: Stop an ongoing scan. Returns -ENOENT if a scan is
1077 * not running. The driver indicates the status of the scan through
1078 * cfg80211_scan_done().
1080 * @NL80211_CMD_START_NAN: Start NAN operation, identified by its
1081 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface. This interface must have been
1082 * previously created with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE. After it
1083 * has been started, the NAN interface will create or join a
1084 * cluster. This command must have a valid
1085 * %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF attribute and optional
1086 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS attributes. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is
1087 * omitted or set to 0, it means don't-care and the device will
1088 * decide what to use. After this command NAN functions can be
1090 * @NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN: Stop the NAN operation, identified by
1091 * its %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV interface.
1092 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION: Add a NAN function. The function is defined
1093 * with %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC nested attribute. When called, this
1094 * operation returns the strictly positive and unique instance id
1095 * (%NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID) and a cookie (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE)
1096 * of the function upon success.
1097 * Since instance ID's can be re-used, this cookie is the right
1098 * way to identify the function. This will avoid races when a termination
1099 * event is handled by the user space after it has already added a new
1100 * function that got the same instance id from the kernel as the one
1101 * which just terminated.
1102 * This cookie may be used in NAN events even before the command
1103 * returns, so userspace shouldn't process NAN events until it processes
1104 * the response to this command.
1105 * Look at %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER as well.
1106 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION: Delete a NAN function by cookie.
1107 * This command is also used as a notification sent when a NAN function is
1108 * terminated. This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC_INST_ID
1109 * and %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE attributes.
1110 * @NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG: Change current NAN
1111 * configuration. NAN must be operational (%NL80211_CMD_START_NAN
1112 * was executed). It must contain at least one of the following
1113 * attributes: %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF,
1114 * %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS. If %NL80211_ATTR_BANDS is omitted, the
1115 * current configuration is not changed. If it is present but
1116 * set to zero, the configuration is changed to don't-care
1117 * (i.e. the device can decide what to do).
1118 * @NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH: Notification sent when a match is reported.
1119 * This will contain a %NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH nested attribute and
1120 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE.
1122 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS: Update one or more connect parameters
1123 * for subsequent roaming cases if the driver or firmware uses internal
1124 * BSS selection. This command can be issued only while connected and it
1125 * does not result in a change for the current association. Currently,
1126 * only the %NL80211_ATTR_IE data is used and updated with this command.
1128 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, set the PMK or PMK-R0
1129 * for the given authenticator address (specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
1130 * When %NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME is set, %NL80211_ATTR_PMK specifies the
1131 * PMK-R0, otherwise it specifies the PMK.
1132 * @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK: For offloaded 4-Way handshake, delete the previously
1133 * configured PMK for the authenticator address identified by
1134 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC.
1135 * @NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED: An event that indicates port is authorized and
1136 * open for regular data traffic. For STA/P2P-client, this event is sent
1137 * with AP MAC address and for AP/P2P-GO, the event carries the STA/P2P-
1138 * client MAC address.
1139 * Drivers that support 4 way handshake offload should send this event for
1140 * STA/P2P-client after successful 4-way HS or after 802.1X FT following
1141 * NL80211_CMD_CONNECT or NL80211_CMD_ROAM. Drivers using AP/P2P-GO 4-way
1142 * handshake offload should send this event on successful completion of
1143 * 4-way handshake with the peer (STA/P2P-client).
1144 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME: Control Port (e.g. PAE) frame TX request
1145 * and RX notification. This command is used both as a request to transmit
1146 * a control port frame and as a notification that a control port frame
1147 * has been received. %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the
1148 * frame contents. The frame is the raw EAPoL data, without ethernet or
1150 * For an MLD transmitter, the %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID may be given and
1151 * its effect will depend on the destination: If the destination is known
1152 * to be an MLD, this will be used as a hint to select the link to transmit
1153 * the frame on. If the destination is not an MLD, this will select both
1154 * the link to transmit on and the source address will be set to the link
1155 * address of that link.
1156 * When used as an event indication %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE,
1157 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC are added
1158 * indicating the protocol type of the received frame; whether the frame
1159 * was received unencrypted and the MAC address of the peer respectively.
1161 * @NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB: Request that the regdb firmware file is reloaded.
1163 * @NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH: This interface is exclusively defined for host
1164 * drivers that do not define separate commands for authentication and
1165 * association, but rely on user space for the authentication to happen.
1166 * This interface acts both as the event request (driver to user space)
1167 * to trigger the authentication and command response (userspace to
1168 * driver) to indicate the authentication status.
1170 * User space uses the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT command to the host driver to
1171 * trigger a connection. The host driver selects a BSS and further uses
1172 * this interface to offload only the authentication part to the user
1173 * space. Authentication frames are passed between the driver and user
1174 * space through the %NL80211_CMD_FRAME interface. Host driver proceeds
1175 * further with the association after getting successful authentication
1176 * status. User space indicates the authentication status through
1177 * %NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE attribute in %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH
1178 * command interface.
1180 * Host driver sends MLD address of the AP with %NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR in
1181 * %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH event to indicate user space to enable MLO
1182 * during the authentication offload in STA mode while connecting to MLD
1183 * APs. Host driver should check %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT flag capability
1184 * in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to know whether the user space supports enabling
1185 * MLO during the authentication offload or not.
1186 * User space should enable MLO during the authentication only when it
1187 * receives the AP MLD address in authentication offload request. User
1188 * space shouldn't enable MLO when the authentication offload request
1189 * doesn't indicate the AP MLD address even if the AP is MLO capable.
1190 * User space should use %NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR as peer's MLD address and
1191 * interface address identified by %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX as self MLD
1192 * address. User space and host driver to use MLD addresses in RA, TA and
1193 * BSSID fields of the frames between them, and host driver translates the
1194 * MLD addresses to/from link addresses based on the link chosen for the
1197 * Host driver reports this status on an authentication failure to the
1198 * user space through the connect result as the user space would have
1199 * initiated the connection through the connect request.
1201 * @NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED: An event that notify station's
1202 * ht opmode or vht opmode changes using any of %NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE,
1203 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH,%NL80211_ATTR_NSS attributes with its
1204 * address(specified in %NL80211_ATTR_MAC).
1206 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, in
1207 * the %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS attribute.
1209 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START: start a (set of) peer measurement(s)
1210 * with the given parameters, which are encapsulated in the nested
1211 * %NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS attribute. Optionally, MAC address
1212 * randomization may be enabled and configured by specifying the
1213 * %NL80211_ATTR_MAC and %NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes.
1214 * If a timeout is requested, use the %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT attribute.
1215 * A u64 cookie for further %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE use is returned in
1216 * the netlink extended ack message.
1218 * To cancel a measurement, close the socket that requested it.
1220 * Measurement results are reported to the socket that requested the
1221 * measurement using @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT when they
1222 * become available, so applications must ensure a large enough socket
1225 * Depending on driver support it may or may not be possible to start
1226 * multiple concurrent measurements.
1227 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT: This command number is used for the
1228 * result notification from the driver to the requesting socket.
1229 * @NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE: Notification only, indicating that
1230 * the measurement completed, using the measurement cookie
1231 * (%NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE).
1233 * @NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR: Notify the kernel that a radar signal was
1234 * detected and reported by a neighboring device on the channel
1235 * indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ and other attributes
1236 * determining the width and type.
1238 * @NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO: This interface allows the host driver to
1239 * offload OWE processing to user space. This intends to support
1240 * OWE AKM by the host drivers that implement SME but rely
1241 * on the user space for the cryptographic/DH IE processing in AP mode.
1243 * @NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK: The requirement for mesh link metric
1244 * refreshing, is that from one mesh point we be able to send some data
1245 * frames to other mesh points which are not currently selected as a
1246 * primary traffic path, but which are only 1 hop away. The absence of
1247 * the primary path to the chosen node makes it necessary to apply some
1248 * form of marking on a chosen packet stream so that the packets can be
1249 * properly steered to the selected node for testing, and not by the
1250 * regular mesh path lookup. Further, the packets must be of type data
1251 * so that the rate control (often embedded in firmware) is used for
1254 * Here attribute %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is used to specify connected mesh
1255 * peer MAC address and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME is used to specify the frame
1256 * content. The frame is ethernet data.
1258 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG: Data frame TID specific configuration
1259 * is passed using %NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG attribute.
1261 * @NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON: Unprotected or incorrectly protected Beacon
1262 * frame. This event is used to indicate that a received Beacon frame was
1263 * dropped because it did not include a valid MME MIC while beacon
1264 * protection was enabled (BIGTK configured in station mode).
1266 * @NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS: Report TX status of a control
1267 * port frame transmitted with %NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME.
1268 * %NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE identifies the TX command and %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME
1269 * includes the contents of the frame. %NL80211_ATTR_ACK flag is included
1270 * if the recipient acknowledged the frame.
1272 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS: SAR power limitation configuration is
1273 * passed using %NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC. %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY is used to
1274 * specify the wiphy index to be applied to.
1276 * @NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION: This notification is sent out whenever
1277 * mac80211/drv detects a bss color collision.
1279 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_REQUEST: This command is used to indicate that
1280 * userspace wants to change the BSS color.
1282 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED: Notify userland, that a color change has
1285 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED: Notify userland, that the color change has
1288 * @NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED: Notify userland that the color change
1291 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD: Set FILS AAD data to the driver using -
1292 * &NL80211_ATTR_MAC - for STA MAC address
1293 * &NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK - for KEK
1294 * &NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES - for FILS Nonces
1295 * (STA Nonce 16 bytes followed by AP Nonce 16 bytes)
1297 * @NL80211_CMD_ASSOC_COMEBACK: notification about an association
1298 * temporal rejection with comeback. The event includes %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
1299 * to describe the BSSID address of the AP and %NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT to
1300 * specify the timeout value.
1302 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK: Add a new link to an interface. The
1303 * %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID attribute is used for the new link.
1304 * @NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK: Remove a link from an interface. This may come
1305 * without %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID as an easy way to remove all links
1306 * in preparation for e.g. roaming to a regular (non-MLO) AP.
1308 * @NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK_STA: Add a link to an MLD station
1309 * @NL80211_CMD_MODIFY_LINK_STA: Modify a link of an MLD station
1310 * @NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK_STA: Remove a link of an MLD station
1312 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_HW_TIMESTAMP: Enable/disable HW timestamping of Timing
1313 * measurement and Fine timing measurement frames. If %NL80211_ATTR_MAC
1314 * is included, enable/disable HW timestamping only for frames to/from the
1315 * specified MAC address. Otherwise enable/disable HW timestamping for
1316 * all TM/FTM frames (including ones that were enabled with specific MAC
1317 * address). If %NL80211_ATTR_HW_TIMESTAMP_ENABLED is not included, disable
1319 * The number of peers that HW timestamping can be enabled for concurrently
1320 * is indicated by %NL80211_ATTR_MAX_HW_TIMESTAMP_PEERS.
1322 * @NL80211_CMD_LINKS_REMOVED: Notify userspace about the removal of STA MLD
1323 * setup links due to AP MLD removing the corresponding affiliated APs with
1324 * Multi-Link reconfiguration. %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS is used to provide
1325 * information about the removed STA MLD setup links.
1327 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_TO_LINK_MAPPING: Set the TID to Link Mapping for a
1328 * non-AP MLD station. The %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_DLINK and
1329 * %NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_ULINK attributes are used to specify the
1330 * TID to Link mapping for downlink/uplink traffic.
1332 * @NL80211_CMD_MAX: highest used command number
1333 * @__NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST: internal use
1335 enum nl80211_commands
{
1336 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
1339 NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY
, /* can dump */
1340 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY
,
1341 NL80211_CMD_NEW_WIPHY
,
1342 NL80211_CMD_DEL_WIPHY
,
1344 NL80211_CMD_GET_INTERFACE
, /* can dump */
1345 NL80211_CMD_SET_INTERFACE
,
1346 NL80211_CMD_NEW_INTERFACE
,
1347 NL80211_CMD_DEL_INTERFACE
,
1349 NL80211_CMD_GET_KEY
,
1350 NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY
,
1351 NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY
,
1352 NL80211_CMD_DEL_KEY
,
1354 NL80211_CMD_GET_BEACON
,
1355 NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON
,
1356 NL80211_CMD_START_AP
,
1357 NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON
= NL80211_CMD_START_AP
,
1358 NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP
,
1359 NL80211_CMD_DEL_BEACON
= NL80211_CMD_STOP_AP
,
1361 NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION
,
1362 NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION
,
1363 NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION
,
1364 NL80211_CMD_DEL_STATION
,
1366 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH
,
1367 NL80211_CMD_SET_MPATH
,
1368 NL80211_CMD_NEW_MPATH
,
1369 NL80211_CMD_DEL_MPATH
,
1371 NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS
,
1373 NL80211_CMD_SET_REG
,
1374 NL80211_CMD_REQ_SET_REG
,
1376 NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG
,
1377 NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG
,
1379 NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE
/* reserved; not used */,
1381 NL80211_CMD_GET_REG
,
1383 NL80211_CMD_GET_SCAN
,
1384 NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN
,
1385 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SCAN_RESULTS
,
1386 NL80211_CMD_SCAN_ABORTED
,
1388 NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE
,
1390 NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE
,
1391 NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
,
1392 NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE
,
1393 NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE
,
1395 NL80211_CMD_MICHAEL_MIC_FAILURE
,
1397 NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT
,
1399 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS
,
1400 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_IBSS
,
1402 NL80211_CMD_TESTMODE
,
1404 NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
,
1406 NL80211_CMD_DISCONNECT
,
1408 NL80211_CMD_SET_WIPHY_NETNS
,
1410 NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY
,
1411 NL80211_CMD_NEW_SURVEY_RESULTS
,
1413 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA
,
1414 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA
,
1415 NL80211_CMD_FLUSH_PMKSA
,
1417 NL80211_CMD_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL
,
1418 NL80211_CMD_CANCEL_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL
,
1420 NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK
,
1422 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME
,
1423 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_ACTION
= NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME
,
1425 NL80211_CMD_ACTION
= NL80211_CMD_FRAME
,
1426 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS
,
1427 NL80211_CMD_ACTION_TX_STATUS
= NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS
,
1429 NL80211_CMD_SET_POWER_SAVE
,
1430 NL80211_CMD_GET_POWER_SAVE
,
1432 NL80211_CMD_SET_CQM
,
1433 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM
,
1435 NL80211_CMD_SET_CHANNEL
,
1436 NL80211_CMD_SET_WDS_PEER
,
1438 NL80211_CMD_FRAME_WAIT_CANCEL
,
1440 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH
,
1441 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_MESH
,
1443 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DEAUTHENTICATE
,
1444 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_DISASSOCIATE
,
1446 NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE
,
1448 NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN
,
1449 NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN
,
1451 NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN
,
1452 NL80211_CMD_STOP_SCHED_SCAN
,
1453 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_RESULTS
,
1454 NL80211_CMD_SCHED_SCAN_STOPPED
,
1456 NL80211_CMD_SET_REKEY_OFFLOAD
,
1458 NL80211_CMD_PMKSA_CANDIDATE
,
1460 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER
,
1461 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT
,
1463 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_FRAME
,
1465 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_CLIENT
,
1467 NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_BEACONS
,
1469 NL80211_CMD_UNEXPECTED_4ADDR_FRAME
,
1471 NL80211_CMD_SET_NOACK_MAP
,
1473 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_NOTIFY
,
1475 NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE
,
1476 NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE
,
1478 NL80211_CMD_CONN_FAILED
,
1480 NL80211_CMD_SET_MCAST_RATE
,
1482 NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL
,
1484 NL80211_CMD_RADAR_DETECT
,
1486 NL80211_CMD_GET_PROTOCOL_FEATURES
,
1488 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_FT_IES
,
1489 NL80211_CMD_FT_EVENT
,
1491 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_START
,
1492 NL80211_CMD_CRIT_PROTOCOL_STOP
,
1494 NL80211_CMD_GET_COALESCE
,
1495 NL80211_CMD_SET_COALESCE
,
1497 NL80211_CMD_CHANNEL_SWITCH
,
1501 NL80211_CMD_SET_QOS_MAP
,
1503 NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS
,
1504 NL80211_CMD_DEL_TX_TS
,
1506 NL80211_CMD_GET_MPP
,
1508 NL80211_CMD_JOIN_OCB
,
1509 NL80211_CMD_LEAVE_OCB
,
1511 NL80211_CMD_CH_SWITCH_STARTED_NOTIFY
,
1513 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH
,
1514 NL80211_CMD_TDLS_CANCEL_CHANNEL_SWITCH
,
1516 NL80211_CMD_WIPHY_REG_CHANGE
,
1518 NL80211_CMD_ABORT_SCAN
,
1520 NL80211_CMD_START_NAN
,
1521 NL80211_CMD_STOP_NAN
,
1522 NL80211_CMD_ADD_NAN_FUNCTION
,
1523 NL80211_CMD_DEL_NAN_FUNCTION
,
1524 NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG
,
1525 NL80211_CMD_NAN_MATCH
,
1527 NL80211_CMD_SET_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST
,
1529 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_CONNECT_PARAMS
,
1531 NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK
,
1532 NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMK
,
1534 NL80211_CMD_PORT_AUTHORIZED
,
1536 NL80211_CMD_RELOAD_REGDB
,
1538 NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH
,
1540 NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED
,
1542 NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME
,
1544 NL80211_CMD_GET_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS
,
1546 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_START
,
1547 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_RESULT
,
1548 NL80211_CMD_PEER_MEASUREMENT_COMPLETE
,
1550 NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_RADAR
,
1552 NL80211_CMD_UPDATE_OWE_INFO
,
1554 NL80211_CMD_PROBE_MESH_LINK
,
1556 NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG
,
1558 NL80211_CMD_UNPROT_BEACON
,
1560 NL80211_CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME_TX_STATUS
,
1562 NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS
,
1564 NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION
,
1566 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_REQUEST
,
1568 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_STARTED
,
1569 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_ABORTED
,
1570 NL80211_CMD_COLOR_CHANGE_COMPLETED
,
1572 NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD
,
1574 NL80211_CMD_ASSOC_COMEBACK
,
1576 NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK
,
1577 NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK
,
1579 NL80211_CMD_ADD_LINK_STA
,
1580 NL80211_CMD_MODIFY_LINK_STA
,
1581 NL80211_CMD_REMOVE_LINK_STA
,
1583 NL80211_CMD_SET_HW_TIMESTAMP
,
1585 NL80211_CMD_LINKS_REMOVED
,
1587 NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_TO_LINK_MAPPING
,
1589 /* add new commands above here */
1591 /* used to define NL80211_CMD_MAX below */
1592 __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST
,
1593 NL80211_CMD_MAX
= __NL80211_CMD_AFTER_LAST
- 1
1597 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new commands by defining them
1600 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS NL80211_CMD_SET_BSS
1601 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE
1602 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE NL80211_CMD_REG_CHANGE
1603 #define NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE
1604 #define NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1605 #define NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE
1606 #define NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE
1607 #define NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT NL80211_CMD_REG_BEACON_HINT
1609 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
1611 /* source-level API compatibility */
1612 #define NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_GET_MESH_CONFIG
1613 #define NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_CMD_SET_MESH_CONFIG
1614 #define NL80211_MESH_SETUP_VENDOR_PATH_SEL_IE NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE
1617 * enum nl80211_attrs - nl80211 netlink attributes
1619 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC: unspecified attribute to catch errors
1621 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY: index of wiphy to operate on, cf.
1622 * /sys/class/ieee80211/<phyname>/index
1623 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME: wiphy name (used for renaming)
1624 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS: a nested array of TX queue parameters
1625 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ: frequency of the selected channel in MHz,
1626 * defines the channel together with the (deprecated)
1627 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE attribute or the attributes
1628 * %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH and if needed %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
1629 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2
1630 * @NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH: u32 attribute containing one of the values
1631 * of &enum nl80211_chan_width, describing the channel width. See the
1632 * documentation of the enum for more information.
1633 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1: Center frequency of the first part of the
1634 * channel, used for anything but 20 MHz bandwidth. In S1G this is the
1635 * operating channel center frequency.
1636 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2: Center frequency of the second part of the
1637 * channel, used only for 80+80 MHz bandwidth
1638 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE: included with NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
1639 * if HT20 or HT40 are to be used (i.e., HT disabled if not included):
1640 * NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT = HT not allowed (i.e., same as not including
1642 * NL80211_CHAN_HT20 = HT20 only
1643 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS = secondary channel is below the primary channel
1644 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS = secondary channel is above the primary channel
1645 * This attribute is now deprecated.
1646 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1647 * less than or equal to the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1648 * dot11ShortRetryLimit; u8
1649 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG: TX retry limit for frames whose length is
1650 * greater than the RTS threshold; allowed range: 1..255;
1651 * dot11ShortLongLimit; u8
1652 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD: fragmentation threshold, i.e., maximum
1653 * length in octets for frames; allowed range: 256..8000, disable
1654 * fragmentation with (u32)-1; dot11FragmentationThreshold; u32
1655 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD: RTS threshold (TX frames with length
1656 * larger than or equal to this use RTS/CTS handshake); allowed range:
1657 * 0..65536, disable with (u32)-1; dot11RTSThreshold; u32
1658 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS: Coverage Class as defined by IEEE 802.11
1659 * section 7.3.2.9; dot11CoverageClass; u8
1661 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX: network interface index of the device to operate on
1662 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME: network interface name
1663 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE: type of virtual interface, see &enum nl80211_iftype
1665 * @NL80211_ATTR_WDEV: wireless device identifier, used for pseudo-devices
1666 * that don't have a netdev (u64)
1668 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC: MAC address (various uses)
1670 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
1671 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
1673 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
1674 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
1675 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
1676 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
1677 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
1678 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT: Flag attribute indicating the key is default key
1679 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: Flag attribute indicating the key is the
1680 * default management key
1681 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE: For crypto settings for connect or
1682 * other commands, indicates which pairwise cipher suites are used
1683 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP: For crypto settings for connect or
1684 * other commands, indicates which group cipher suite is used
1686 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval in TU
1687 * @NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing
1688 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD: portion of the beacon before the TIM IE
1689 * @NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL: portion of the beacon after the TIM IE
1691 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID: Association ID for the station (u16)
1692 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1693 * &enum nl80211_sta_flags (deprecated, use %NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2)
1694 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL: listen interval as defined by
1695 * IEEE 802.11 7.3.1.6 (u16).
1696 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES: supported rates, array of supported
1697 * rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1698 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1699 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN: interface index of VLAN interface to move station
1700 * to, or the AP interface the station was originally added to.
1701 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO: information about a station, part of station info
1702 * given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_STATION, nested attribute containing
1703 * info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_info.
1705 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS: Information about an operating bands,
1706 * consisting of a nested array.
1708 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID: mesh id (1-32 bytes).
1709 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION: action to perform on the mesh peer link
1710 * (see &enum nl80211_plink_action).
1711 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP: MAC address of the next hop for a mesh path.
1712 * @NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO: information about a mesh_path, part of mesh path
1713 * info given for %NL80211_CMD_GET_MPATH, nested attribute described at
1714 * &enum nl80211_mpath_info.
1716 * @NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS: flags, nested element with NLA_FLAG attributes of
1717 * &enum nl80211_mntr_flags.
1719 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2: an ISO-3166-alpha2 country code for which the
1720 * current regulatory domain should be set to or is already set to.
1721 * For example, 'CR', for Costa Rica. This attribute is used by the kernel
1722 * to query the CRDA to retrieve one regulatory domain. This attribute can
1723 * also be used by userspace to query the kernel for the currently set
1724 * regulatory domain. We chose an alpha2 as that is also used by the
1725 * IEEE-802.11 country information element to identify a country.
1726 * Users can also simply ask the wireless core to set regulatory domain
1727 * to a specific alpha2.
1728 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES: a nested array of regulatory domain regulatory
1731 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (u8, 0 or 1)
1732 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
1734 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time enabled
1736 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES: basic rates, array of basic
1737 * rates in format defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but without the length
1738 * restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
1740 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY: HT Capability information element (from
1741 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
1743 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing all
1744 * supported interface types, each a flag attribute with the number
1745 * of the interface mode.
1747 * @NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE: Management frame subtype for
1748 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE.
1750 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE: Information element(s) data (used, e.g., with
1751 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_MGMT_EXTRA_IE).
1753 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can scan with
1754 * a single scan request, a wiphy attribute.
1755 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS: number of SSIDs you can
1756 * scan with a single scheduled scan request, a wiphy attribute.
1757 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information elements
1758 * that can be added to a scan request
1759 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN: maximum length of information
1760 * elements that can be added to a scheduled scan request
1761 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS: maximum number of sets that can be
1762 * used with @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH, a wiphy attribute.
1764 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES: nested attribute with frequencies (in MHz)
1765 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS: nested attribute with SSIDs, leave out for passive
1766 * scanning and include a zero-length SSID (wildcard) for wildcard scan
1767 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS: scan result BSS
1769 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR: indicates who requested the regulatory domain
1770 * currently in effect. This could be any of the %NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_*
1771 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE: indicates the type of the regulatory domain currently
1772 * set. This can be one of the nl80211_reg_type (%NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_*)
1774 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS: wiphy attribute that specifies
1775 * an array of command numbers (i.e. a mapping index to command number)
1776 * that the driver for the given wiphy supports.
1778 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME: frame data (binary attribute), including frame header
1779 * and body, but not FCS; used, e.g., with NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE and
1780 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE events
1781 * @NL80211_ATTR_SSID: SSID (binary attribute, 0..32 octets)
1782 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE: AuthenticationType, see &enum nl80211_auth_type,
1783 * represented as a u32
1784 * @NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE: ReasonCode for %NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE and
1785 * %NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE, u16
1787 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE: Key Type, see &enum nl80211_key_type, represented as
1790 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1791 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1792 * the state of the channel _before_ the beacon hint processing. This
1793 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1794 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1795 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER: A channel which has suffered a regulatory change
1796 * due to considerations from a beacon hint. This attribute reflects
1797 * the state of the channel _after_ the beacon hint processing. This
1798 * attributes consists of a nested attribute containing
1799 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_*
1801 * @NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES: a set of u32 values indicating the supported
1804 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED: a flag indicating the IBSS should not try to look
1805 * for other networks on different channels
1807 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT: a flag indicating than an operation timed out; this
1808 * is used, e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE event
1810 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP: Whether management frame protection (IEEE 802.11w) is
1811 * used for the association (&enum nl80211_mfp, represented as a u32);
1812 * this attribute can be used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and
1813 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests. %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL is not allowed for
1814 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE since user space SME is expected and hence, it
1815 * must have decided whether to use management frame protection or not.
1816 * Setting %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL with a %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT request will
1817 * let the driver (or the firmware) decide whether to use MFP or not.
1819 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2: Attribute containing a
1820 * &struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
1822 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT: A flag indicating whether user space controls
1823 * IEEE 802.1X port, i.e., sets/clears %NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED, in
1824 * station mode. If the flag is included in %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE
1825 * request, the driver will assume that the port is unauthorized until
1826 * authorized by user space. Otherwise, port is marked authorized by
1827 * default in station mode.
1828 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE: A 16-bit value indicating the
1829 * ethertype that will be used for key negotiation. It can be
1830 * specified with the associate and connect commands. If it is not
1831 * specified, the value defaults to 0x888E (PAE, 802.1X). This
1832 * attribute is also used as a flag in the wiphy information to
1833 * indicate that protocols other than PAE are supported.
1834 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT: When included along with
1835 * %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE, indicates that the custom
1836 * ethertype frames used for key negotiation must not be encrypted.
1837 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: A flag indicating whether control
1838 * port frames (e.g. of type given in %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE)
1839 * will be sent directly to the network interface or sent via the NL80211
1840 * socket. If this attribute is missing, then legacy behavior of sending
1841 * control port frames directly to the network interface is used. If the
1842 * flag is included, then control port frames are sent over NL80211 instead
1843 * using %CMD_CONTROL_PORT_FRAME. If control port routing over NL80211 is
1844 * to be used then userspace must also use the %NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
1845 * flag. When used with %NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH, pre-auth
1846 * frames are not forwarded over the control port.
1848 * @NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA: Testmode data blob, passed through to the driver.
1849 * We recommend using nested, driver-specific attributes within this.
1851 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP: A flag indicating that the DISCONNECT
1852 * event was due to the AP disconnecting the station, and not due to
1853 * a local disconnect request.
1854 * @NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE: StatusCode for the %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
1856 * @NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY: Flag attribute, used with connect(), indicating
1857 * that protected APs should be used. This is also used with NEW_BEACON to
1858 * indicate that the BSS is to use protection.
1860 * @NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1861 * indicate which WPA version(s) the AP we want to associate with is using
1862 * (a u32 with flags from &enum nl80211_wpa_versions).
1863 * @NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES: Used with CONNECT, ASSOCIATE, and NEW_BEACON to
1864 * indicate which key management algorithm(s) to use (an array of u32).
1865 * This attribute is also sent in response to @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY,
1866 * indicating the supported AKM suites, intended for specific drivers which
1867 * implement SME and have constraints on which AKMs are supported and also
1868 * the cases where an AKM support is offloaded to the driver/firmware.
1869 * If there is no such notification from the driver, user space should
1870 * assume the driver supports all the AKM suites.
1872 * @NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE: (Re)association request information elements as
1873 * sent out by the card, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1874 * @NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE: (Re)association response information elements as
1875 * sent by peer, for ROAM and successful CONNECT events.
1877 * @NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID: previous BSSID, to be used in ASSOCIATE and CONNECT
1878 * commands to specify a request to reassociate within an ESS, i.e., to use
1879 * Reassociate Request frame (with the value of this attribute in the
1880 * Current AP address field) instead of Association Request frame which is
1881 * used for the initial association to an ESS.
1883 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY: key information in a nested attribute with
1884 * %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1885 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEYS: array of keys for static WEP keys for connect()
1886 * and join_ibss(), key information is in a nested attribute each
1887 * with %NL80211_KEY_* sub-attributes
1889 * @NL80211_ATTR_PID: Process ID of a network namespace.
1890 * @NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD: File descriptor of a network namespace.
1892 * @NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION: Used to indicate consistent snapshots for
1893 * dumps. This number increases whenever the object list being
1894 * dumped changes, and as such userspace can verify that it has
1895 * obtained a complete and consistent snapshot by verifying that
1896 * all dump messages contain the same generation number. If it
1897 * changed then the list changed and the dump should be repeated
1898 * completely from scratch.
1900 * @NL80211_ATTR_4ADDR: Use 4-address frames on a virtual interface
1902 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO: survey information about a channel, part of
1903 * the survey response for %NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY, nested attribute
1904 * containing info as possible, see &enum survey_info.
1906 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKID: PMK material for PMKSA caching.
1907 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS: maximum number of PMKIDs a firmware can
1908 * cache, a wiphy attribute.
1910 * @NL80211_ATTR_DURATION: Duration of an operation in milliseconds, u32.
1911 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION: Device attribute that
1912 * specifies the maximum duration that can be requested with the
1913 * remain-on-channel operation, in milliseconds, u32.
1915 * @NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE: Generic 64-bit cookie to identify objects.
1917 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES: Nested set of attributes
1918 * (enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes) describing TX rates per band. The
1919 * enum nl80211_band value is used as the index (nla_type() of the nested
1920 * data. If a band is not included, it will be configured to allow all
1921 * rates based on negotiated supported rates information. This attribute
1922 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_TX_BITRATE_MASK and with starting AP,
1923 * and joining mesh networks (not IBSS yet). In the later case, it must
1924 * specify just a single bitrate, which is to be used for the beacon.
1925 * The driver must also specify support for this with the extended
1926 * features NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY,
1927 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT,
1928 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT and
1929 * NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE.
1931 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH: A binary attribute which typically must contain
1932 * at least one byte, currently used with @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME.
1933 * @NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE: A u16 indicating the frame type/subtype for the
1934 * @NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command.
1935 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1936 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1937 * information about which frame types can be transmitted with
1938 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
1939 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES: wiphy capability attribute, which is a
1940 * nested attribute of %NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE attributes, containing
1941 * information about which frame types can be registered for RX.
1943 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK: Flag attribute indicating that the frame was
1944 * acknowledged by the recipient.
1945 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACK_SIGNAL: Station's ack signal strength (s32)
1947 * @NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE: powersave state, using &enum nl80211_ps_state values.
1949 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM: connection quality monitor configuration in a
1950 * nested attribute with %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_* sub-attributes.
1952 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE: Flag attribute to indicate that a command
1953 * is requesting a local authentication/association state change without
1954 * invoking actual management frame exchange. This can be used with
1955 * NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE, NL80211_CMD_DEAUTHENTICATE,
1956 * NL80211_CMD_DISASSOCIATE.
1958 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE: (AP mode) Do not forward traffic between stations
1959 * connected to this BSS.
1961 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type. See
1962 * &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for possible values.
1963 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL: Transmit power level in signed mBm units.
1964 * This is used in association with @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING
1965 * for non-automatic settings.
1967 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN: The device supports IBSS RSN, which mostly
1968 * means support for per-station GTKs.
1970 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for transmitting.
1971 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
1972 * not be used for transmitting. If an antenna is not selected in this
1973 * bitmap the hardware is not allowed to transmit on this antenna.
1975 * Each bit represents one antenna, starting with antenna 1 at the first
1976 * bit. Depending on which antennas are selected in the bitmap, 802.11n
1977 * drivers can derive which chainmasks to use (if all antennas belonging to
1978 * a particular chain are disabled this chain should be disabled) and if
1979 * a chain has diversity antennas whether diversity should be used or not.
1980 * HT capabilities (STBC, TX Beamforming, Antenna selection) can be
1981 * derived from the available chains after applying the antenna mask.
1982 * Non-802.11n drivers can derive whether to use diversity or not.
1983 * Drivers may reject configurations or RX/TX mask combinations they cannot
1984 * support by returning -EINVAL.
1986 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX: Bitmap of allowed antennas for receiving.
1987 * This can be used to mask out antennas which are not attached or should
1988 * not be used for receiving. If an antenna is not selected in this bitmap
1989 * the hardware should not be configured to receive on this antenna.
1990 * For a more detailed description see @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX.
1992 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
1993 * for configuration as TX antennas via the above parameters.
1995 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX: Bitmap of antennas which are available
1996 * for configuration as RX antennas via the above parameters.
1998 * @NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE: Multicast tx rate (in 100 kbps) for IBSS
2000 * @NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK: For management frame TX, the frame may be
2001 * transmitted on another channel when the channel given doesn't match
2002 * the current channel. If the current channel doesn't match and this
2003 * flag isn't set, the frame will be rejected. This is also used as an
2004 * nl80211 capability flag.
2006 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE: HT operation mode (u16)
2008 * @NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
2009 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
2010 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
2012 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP: Optional mesh setup parameters. These cannot be
2013 * changed once the mesh is active.
2014 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG: Mesh configuration parameters, a nested attribute
2015 * containing attributes from &enum nl80211_meshconf_params.
2016 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH: Currently, this means the underlying driver
2017 * allows auth frames in a mesh to be passed to userspace for processing via
2018 * the @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH flag.
2019 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE: The state of a mesh peer link as defined in
2020 * &enum nl80211_plink_state. Used when userspace is driving the peer link
2021 * management state machine. @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE or
2022 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM must be enabled.
2024 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED: indicates, as part of the wiphy
2025 * capabilities, the supported WoWLAN triggers
2026 * @NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS: used by %NL80211_CMD_SET_WOWLAN to
2027 * indicate which WoW triggers should be enabled. This is also
2028 * used by %NL80211_CMD_GET_WOWLAN to get the currently enabled WoWLAN
2031 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL: Interval between scheduled scan
2034 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH: Nested attribute with one or more
2035 * sets of attributes to match during scheduled scans. Only BSSs
2036 * that match any of the sets will be reported. These are
2037 * pass-thru filter rules.
2038 * For a match to succeed, the BSS must match all attributes of a
2039 * set. Since not every hardware supports matching all types of
2040 * attributes, there is no guarantee that the reported BSSs are
2041 * fully complying with the match sets and userspace needs to be
2042 * able to ignore them by itself.
2043 * Thus, the implementation is somewhat hardware-dependent, but
2044 * this is only an optimization and the userspace application
2045 * needs to handle all the non-filtered results anyway.
2046 * If the match attributes don't make sense when combined with
2047 * the values passed in @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS (eg. if an SSID
2048 * is included in the probe request, but the match attributes
2049 * will never let it go through), -EINVAL may be returned.
2050 * If omitted, no filtering is done.
2052 * @NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the supported
2053 * interface combinations. In each nested item, it contains attributes
2054 * defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
2055 * If the wiphy uses multiple radios (@NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RADIOS is set),
2056 * this attribute contains the interface combinations of the first radio.
2057 * See @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS for the global wiphy
2058 * combinations for the sum of all radios.
2059 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES: Nested attribute (just like
2060 * %NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES) containing the interface types that
2061 * are managed in software: interfaces of these types aren't subject to
2062 * any restrictions in their number or combinations.
2064 * @NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA: nested attribute containing the information
2065 * necessary for GTK rekeying in the device, see &enum nl80211_rekey_data.
2067 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES: rates per to be advertised as supported in scan,
2068 * nested array attribute containing an entry for each band, with the entry
2069 * being a list of supported rates as defined by IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 but
2070 * without the length restriction (at most %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES).
2072 * @NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID: indicates whether SSID is to be hidden from Beacon
2073 * and Probe Response (when response to wildcard Probe Request); see
2074 * &enum nl80211_hidden_ssid, represented as a u32
2076 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP: Information element(s) for Probe Response frame.
2077 * This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to
2078 * provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into Probe Response frames when the
2079 * driver (or firmware) replies to Probe Request frames.
2080 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP: Information element(s) for (Re)Association
2081 * Response frames. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_NEW_BEACON and
2082 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON to provide extra IEs (e.g., WPS/P2P IE) into
2083 * (Re)Association Response frames when the driver (or firmware) replies to
2084 * (Re)Association Request frames.
2086 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME: Nested attribute containing the wme configuration
2087 * of the station, see &enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr.
2088 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD: the device supports uapsd when working
2091 * @NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT: Indicates whether the firmware is capable of
2092 * roaming to another AP in the same ESS if the signal lever is low.
2094 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: Nested attribute containing the PMKSA caching
2095 * candidate information, see &enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr.
2097 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE: Indicates whether to use CCK rate or not
2098 * for management frames transmission. In order to avoid p2p probe/action
2099 * frames are being transmitted at CCK rate in 2GHz band, the user space
2100 * applications use this attribute.
2101 * This attribute is used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and
2102 * %NL80211_CMD_FRAME commands.
2104 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION: Low level TDLS action code (e.g. link setup
2105 * request, link setup confirm, link teardown, etc.). Values are
2106 * described in the TDLS (802.11z) specification.
2107 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN: Non-zero token for uniquely identifying a
2108 * TDLS conversation between two devices.
2109 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION: High level TDLS operation; see
2110 * &enum nl80211_tdls_operation, represented as a u8.
2111 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT: A flag indicating the device can operate
2112 * as a TDLS peer sta.
2113 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP: The TDLS discovery/setup and teardown
2114 * procedures should be performed by sending TDLS packets via
2115 * %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_MGMT. Otherwise %NL80211_CMD_TDLS_OPER should be
2116 * used for asking the driver to perform a TDLS operation.
2118 * @NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME: This u32 attribute may be listed for devices
2119 * that have AP support to indicate that they have the AP SME integrated
2120 * with support for the features listed in this attribute, see
2121 * &enum nl80211_ap_sme_features.
2123 * @NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK: Used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME, this tells
2124 * the driver to not wait for an acknowledgement. Note that due to this,
2125 * it will also not give a status callback nor return a cookie. This is
2126 * mostly useful for probe responses to save airtime.
2128 * @NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS: This u32 attribute contains flags from
2129 * &enum nl80211_feature_flags and is advertised in wiphy information.
2130 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD: Indicates that the HW responds to probe
2131 * requests while operating in AP-mode.
2132 * This attribute holds a bitmap of the supported protocols for
2133 * offloading (see &enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr).
2135 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response template data. Contains the entire
2136 * probe-response frame. The DA field in the 802.11 header is zero-ed out,
2137 * to be filled by the FW.
2138 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT: Force HT capable interfaces to disable
2139 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute.
2140 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers.
2141 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT: Force VHT capable interfaces to disable
2142 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute.
2143 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers.
2144 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HE: Force HE capable interfaces to disable
2145 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute.
2146 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers.
2147 * @NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_EHT: Force EHT capable interfaces to disable
2148 * this feature during association. This is a flag attribute.
2149 * Currently only supported in mac80211 drivers.
2150 * @NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the
2151 * ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid.
2152 * Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature.
2153 * The values that may be configured are:
2154 * MCS rates, MAX-AMSDU, HT-20-40 and HT_CAP_SGI_40
2155 * AMPDU density and AMPDU factor.
2156 * All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored
2157 * by the driver as required. The actual values may be seen in
2158 * the station debugfs ht_caps file.
2159 * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK: Specify which bits of the
2160 * ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY to which attention should be paid.
2161 * Currently, only mac80211 NICs support this feature.
2162 * All values are treated as suggestions and may be ignored
2163 * by the driver as required. The actual values may be seen in
2164 * the station debugfs vht_caps file.
2166 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION: region for regulatory rules which this country
2167 * abides to when initiating radiation on DFS channels. A country maps
2168 * to one DFS region.
2170 * @NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP: This u16 bitmap contains the No Ack Policy of
2173 * @NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT: timeout value in seconds, this can be
2174 * used by the drivers which has MLME in firmware and does not have support
2175 * to report per station tx/rx activity to free up the station entry from
2176 * the list. This needs to be used when the driver advertises the
2177 * capability to timeout the stations.
2179 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM: signal strength in dBm (as a 32-bit int);
2180 * this attribute is (depending on the driver capabilities) added to
2181 * received frames indicated with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
2183 * @NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD: Background scan period in seconds
2184 * or 0 to disable background scan.
2186 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE: type of regulatory hint passed from
2187 * userspace. If unset it is assumed the hint comes directly from
2188 * a user. If set code could specify exactly what type of source
2189 * was used to provide the hint. For the different types of
2190 * allowed user regulatory hints see nl80211_user_reg_hint_type.
2192 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON: The reason for which AP has rejected
2193 * the connection request from a station. nl80211_connect_failed_reason
2194 * enum has different reasons of connection failure.
2196 * @NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA: Fields and elements in Authentication frames.
2197 * This contains the authentication frame body (non-IE and IE data),
2198 * excluding the Authentication algorithm number, i.e., starting at the
2199 * Authentication transaction sequence number field. It is used with
2200 * authentication algorithms that need special fields to be added into
2201 * the frames (SAE and FILS). Currently, only the SAE cases use the
2202 * initial two fields (Authentication transaction sequence number and
2203 * Status code). However, those fields are included in the attribute data
2204 * for all authentication algorithms to keep the attribute definition
2207 * @NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY: VHT Capability information element (from
2208 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
2210 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS: scan request control flags (u32)
2212 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW: P2P GO Client Traffic Window (u8), used with
2213 * the START_AP and SET_BSS commands
2214 * @NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS: P2P GO opportunistic PS (u8), used with the
2215 * START_AP and SET_BSS commands. This can have the values 0 or 1;
2216 * if not given in START_AP 0 is assumed, if not given in SET_BSS
2217 * no change is made.
2219 * @NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
2220 * defined in &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode.
2222 * @NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY: ACL policy, see &enum nl80211_acl_policy,
2223 * carried in a u32 attribute
2225 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS: Array of nested MAC addresses, used for
2228 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX: u32 attribute to advertise the maximum
2229 * number of MAC addresses that a device can support for MAC
2232 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT: Type of radar event for notification to userspace,
2233 * contains a value of enum nl80211_radar_event (u32).
2235 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA: 802.11 extended capabilities that the kernel driver
2236 * has and handles. The format is the same as the IE contents. See
2237 * 802.11-2012 8.4.2.29 for more information.
2238 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK: Extended capabilities that the kernel driver
2239 * has set in the %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA value, for multibit fields.
2241 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY: Station capabilities (u16) are advertised to
2242 * the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS power save (PU-APSD).
2244 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY: Station extended capabilities are
2245 * advertised to the driver, e.g., to enable TDLS off channel operations
2248 * @NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES: global nl80211 feature flags, see
2249 * &enum nl80211_protocol_features, the attribute is a u32.
2251 * @NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: flag attribute, userspace supports
2252 * receiving the data for a single wiphy split across multiple
2253 * messages, given with wiphy dump message
2255 * @NL80211_ATTR_MDID: Mobility Domain Identifier
2257 * @NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC: Resource Information Container Information
2260 * @NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID: critical protocol identifier requiring increased
2261 * reliability, see &enum nl80211_crit_proto_id (u16).
2262 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION: duration in milliseconds in which
2263 * the connection should have increased reliability (u16).
2265 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID: Association ID for the peer TDLS station (u16).
2266 * This is similar to @NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID but with a difference of being
2267 * allowed to be used with the first @NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION command to
2268 * update a TDLS peer STA entry.
2270 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: Coalesce rule information.
2272 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT: u32 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's
2273 * until the channel switch event.
2274 * @NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX: flag attribute specifying that transmission
2275 * must be blocked on the current channel (before the channel switch
2276 * operation). Also included in the channel switch started event if quiet
2277 * was requested by the AP.
2278 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES: Nested set of attributes containing the IE information
2279 * for the time while performing a channel switch.
2280 * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
2281 * switch or color change counters in the beacons tail (%NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL).
2282 * @NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP: An array of offsets (u16) to the channel
2283 * switch or color change counters in the probe response (%NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP).
2285 * @NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS: flags for nl80211_send_mgmt(), u32.
2286 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags.
2288 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS: array of supported channels.
2290 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES: array of supported
2291 * operating classes.
2293 * @NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS: A flag indicating whether user space
2294 * controls DFS operation in IBSS mode. If the flag is included in
2295 * %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS request, the driver will allow use of DFS
2296 * channels and reports radar events to userspace. Userspace is required
2297 * to react to radar events, e.g. initiate a channel switch or leave the
2300 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
2301 * 5 MHz channel bandwidth.
2302 * @NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ: A flag indicating that the device supports
2303 * 10 MHz channel bandwidth.
2305 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF: Operating mode field from Operating Mode
2306 * Notification Element based on association request when used with
2307 * %NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION or %NL80211_CMD_SET_STATION (only when
2308 * %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE is supported, or with TDLS);
2311 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID: The vendor ID, either a 24-bit OUI or, if
2312 * %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX is set, a special Linux ID (not used yet)
2313 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD: vendor sub-command
2314 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA: data for the vendor command, if any; this
2315 * attribute is also used for vendor command feature advertisement
2316 * @NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS: used for event list advertising in the wiphy
2317 * info, containing a nested array of possible events
2319 * @NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP: IP DSCP mapping for Interworking QoS mapping. This
2320 * data is in the format defined for the payload of the QoS Map Set element
2321 * in IEEE Std 802.11-2012, 8.4.2.97.
2323 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT: MAC address recommendation as initial BSS
2324 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT: frequency of the recommended initial BSS
2326 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA: Device attribute that indicates how many
2327 * associated stations are supported in AP mode (including P2P GO); u32.
2328 * Since drivers may not have a fixed limit on the maximum number (e.g.,
2329 * other concurrent operations may affect this), drivers are allowed to
2330 * advertise values that cannot always be met. In such cases, an attempt
2331 * to add a new station entry with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION may fail.
2333 * @NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX: An array of csa counter offsets (u16) which
2334 * should be updated when the frame is transmitted.
2335 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS: U8 attribute used to advertise the maximum
2336 * supported number of csa counters.
2338 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY: flags for TDLS peer capabilities, u32.
2339 * As specified in the &enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability.
2341 * @NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER: Flag attribute, if set during interface
2342 * creation then the new interface will be owned by the netlink socket
2343 * that created it and will be destroyed when the socket is closed.
2344 * If set during scheduled scan start then the new scan req will be
2345 * owned by the netlink socket that created it and the scheduled scan will
2346 * be stopped when the socket is closed.
2347 * If set during configuration of regulatory indoor operation then the
2348 * regulatory indoor configuration would be owned by the netlink socket
2349 * that configured the indoor setting, and the indoor operation would be
2350 * cleared when the socket is closed.
2351 * If set during NAN interface creation, the interface will be destroyed
2352 * if the socket is closed just like any other interface. Moreover, NAN
2353 * notifications will be sent in unicast to that socket. Without this
2354 * attribute, the notifications will be sent to the %NL80211_MCGRP_NAN
2356 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT the
2357 * station will deauthenticate when the socket is closed.
2358 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_IBSS the IBSS will be automatically
2359 * torn down when the socket is closed.
2360 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_JOIN_MESH the mesh setup will be
2361 * automatically torn down when the socket is closed.
2362 * If set during %NL80211_CMD_START_AP the AP will be automatically
2363 * disabled when the socket is closed.
2365 * @NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR: flag attribute indicating the current end is
2366 * the TDLS link initiator.
2368 * @NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM: flag for indicating whether the current connection
2369 * shall support Radio Resource Measurements (11k). This attribute can be
2370 * used with %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests.
2371 * User space applications are expected to use this flag only if the
2372 * underlying device supports these minimal RRM features:
2373 * %NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES,
2374 * %NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET,
2375 * Or, if global RRM is supported, see:
2376 * %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM
2377 * If this flag is used, driver must add the Power Capabilities IE to the
2378 * association request. In addition, it must also set the RRM capability
2379 * flag in the association request's Capability Info field.
2381 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK: flag attribute used to enable ACK timeout
2382 * estimation algorithm (dynack). In order to activate dynack
2383 * %NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION feature flag must be set by lower
2384 * drivers to indicate dynack capability. Dynack is automatically disabled
2385 * setting valid value for coverage class.
2387 * @NL80211_ATTR_TSID: a TSID value (u8 attribute)
2388 * @NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO: user priority value (u8 attribute)
2389 * @NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME: admitted time in units of 32 microseconds
2390 * (per second) (u16 attribute)
2392 * @NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE: SMPS mode to use (ap mode). see
2393 * &enum nl80211_smps_mode.
2395 * @NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS: operating class
2397 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK: MAC address mask
2399 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG: flag attribute indicating this device
2400 * is self-managing its regulatory information and any regulatory domain
2401 * obtained from it is coming from the device's wiphy and not the global
2402 * cfg80211 regdomain.
2404 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES: extended feature flags contained in a byte
2405 * array. The feature flags are identified by their bit index (see &enum
2406 * nl80211_ext_feature_index). The bit index is ordered starting at the
2407 * least-significant bit of the first byte in the array, ie. bit index 0
2408 * is located at bit 0 of byte 0. bit index 25 would be located at bit 1
2409 * of byte 3 (u8 array).
2411 * @NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS: Request overall radio statistics to be
2412 * returned along with other survey data. If set, @NL80211_CMD_GET_SURVEY
2413 * may return a survey entry without a channel indicating global radio
2414 * statistics (only some values are valid and make sense.)
2415 * For devices that don't return such an entry even then, the information
2416 * should be contained in the result as the sum of the respective counters
2417 * over all channels.
2419 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY: delay before the first cycle of a
2420 * scheduled scan is started. Or the delay before a WoWLAN
2421 * net-detect scan is started, counting from the moment the
2422 * system is suspended. This value is a u32, in seconds.
2424 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR: flag attribute, if set indicates that the device
2425 * is operating in an indoor environment.
2427 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: maximum number of scan plans for
2428 * scheduled scan supported by the device (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2429 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: maximum interval (in seconds) for
2430 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2431 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: maximum number of iterations in
2432 * a scan plan (u32), a wiphy attribute.
2433 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS: a list of scan plans for scheduled scan.
2434 * Each scan plan defines the number of scan iterations and the interval
2435 * between scans. The last scan plan will always run infinitely,
2436 * thus it must not specify the number of iterations, only the interval
2437 * between scans. The scan plans are executed sequentially.
2438 * Each scan plan is a nested attribute of &enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan.
2439 * @NL80211_ATTR_PBSS: flag attribute. If set it means operate
2440 * in a PBSS. Specified in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to request
2441 * connecting to a PCP, and in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP to start
2442 * a PCP instead of AP. Relevant for DMG networks only.
2443 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT: nested attribute for driver supporting the
2444 * BSS selection feature. When used with %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY it contains
2445 * attributes according &enum nl80211_bss_select_attr to indicate what
2446 * BSS selection behaviours are supported. When used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
2447 * it contains the behaviour-specific attribute containing the parameters for
2448 * BSS selection to be done by driver and/or firmware.
2450 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS: whether P2P PS mechanism supported
2451 * or not. u8, one of the values of &enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status
2453 * @NL80211_ATTR_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
2455 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA: Nested attribute of the following attributes:
2456 * %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE, %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA,
2457 * %NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK, to specify the extended capabilities and
2458 * other interface-type specific capabilities per interface type. For MLO,
2459 * %NL80211_ATTR_EML_CAPABILITY and %NL80211_ATTR_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS are
2462 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA: array of 24 bytes that defines a MU-MIMO
2463 * groupID for monitor mode.
2464 * The first 8 bytes are a mask that defines the membership in each
2465 * group (there are 64 groups, group 0 and 63 are reserved),
2466 * each bit represents a group and set to 1 for being a member in
2467 * that group and 0 for not being a member.
2468 * The remaining 16 bytes define the position in each group: 2 bits for
2470 * (smaller group numbers represented on most significant bits and bigger
2471 * group numbers on least significant bits.)
2472 * This attribute is used only if all interfaces are in monitor mode.
2473 * Set this attribute in order to monitor packets using the given MU-MIMO
2475 * to turn off that feature set all the bits of the groupID to zero.
2476 * @NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR: mac address for the sniffer to follow
2477 * when using MU-MIMO air sniffer.
2478 * to turn that feature off set an invalid mac address
2479 * (e.g. FF:FF:FF:FF:FF:FF)
2481 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF: The time at which the scan was actually
2482 * started (u64). The time is the TSF of the BSS the interface that
2483 * requested the scan is connected to (if available, otherwise this
2484 * attribute must not be included).
2485 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID: The BSS according to which
2486 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF is set.
2487 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION: measurement duration in TUs (u16). If
2488 * %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY is not set, this is the
2489 * maximum measurement duration allowed. This attribute is used with
2490 * measurement requests. It can also be used with %NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN
2491 * if the scan is used for beacon report radio measurement.
2492 * @NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY: flag attribute that indicates
2493 * that the duration specified with %NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION is
2494 * mandatory. If this flag is not set, the duration is the maximum duration
2495 * and the actual measurement duration may be shorter.
2497 * @NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID: Association ID for the mesh peer (u16). This is
2498 * used to pull the stored data for mesh peer in power save state.
2500 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF: the master preference to be used by
2501 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and optionally with
2502 * %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG. Its type is u8 and it can't be 0.
2503 * Also, values 1 and 255 are reserved for certification purposes and
2504 * should not be used during a normal device operation.
2505 * @NL80211_ATTR_BANDS: operating bands configuration. This is a u32
2506 * bitmask of BIT(NL80211_BAND_*) as described in %enum
2507 * nl80211_band. For instance, for NL80211_BAND_2GHZ, bit 0
2508 * would be set. This attribute is used with
2509 * %NL80211_CMD_START_NAN and %NL80211_CMD_CHANGE_NAN_CONFIG, and
2510 * it is optional. If no bands are set, it means don't-care and
2511 * the device will decide what to use.
2512 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC: a function that can be added to NAN. See
2513 * &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes for description of this nested
2515 * @NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH: used to report a match. This is a nested attribute.
2516 * See &enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes.
2517 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK: KEK for FILS (Re)Association Request/Response frame
2519 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES: Nonces (part of AAD) for FILS (Re)Association
2520 * Request/Response frame protection. This attribute contains the 16 octet
2521 * STA Nonce followed by 16 octets of AP Nonce.
2523 * @NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED: Indicates whether or not multicast
2524 * packets should be send out as unicast to all stations (flag attribute).
2526 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSSID: The BSSID of the AP. Note that %NL80211_ATTR_MAC is also
2527 * used in various commands/events for specifying the BSSID.
2529 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: Relative RSSI threshold by which
2530 * other BSSs has to be better or slightly worse than the current
2531 * connected BSS so that they get reported to user space.
2532 * This will give an opportunity to userspace to consider connecting to
2533 * other matching BSSs which have better or slightly worse RSSI than
2534 * the current connected BSS by using an offloaded operation to avoid
2535 * unnecessary wakeups.
2537 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for BSSs in
2538 * the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
2539 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI based comparison to figure out
2540 * better BSSs. The attribute value is a packed structure
2541 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
2543 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON: The reason for which an operation timed out.
2544 * u32 attribute with an &enum nl80211_timeout_reason value. This is used,
2545 * e.g., with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT event.
2547 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP)
2548 * username part of NAI used to refer keys rRK and rIK. This is used with
2549 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2551 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM: EAP Re-authentication Protocol (ERP) realm part
2552 * of NAI specifying the domain name of the ER server. This is used with
2553 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2555 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM: Unsigned 16-bit ERP next sequence number
2556 * to use in ERP messages. This is used in generating the FILS wrapped data
2557 * for FILS authentication and is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2559 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK: ERP re-authentication Root Key (rRK) for the
2560 * NAI specified by %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME and
2561 * %NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM. This is used for generating rIK and rMSK
2562 * from successful FILS authentication and is used with
2563 * %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2565 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID: A 2-octet identifier advertised by a FILS AP
2566 * identifying the scope of PMKSAs. This is used with
2567 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA and @NL80211_CMD_DEL_PMKSA.
2569 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK: attribute for passing PMK key material. Used with
2570 * %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA for the PMKSA identified by %NL80211_ATTR_PMKID.
2571 * For %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP it is used to provide
2572 * PSK for offloading 4-way handshake for WPA/WPA2-PSK networks. For 802.1X
2573 * authentication it is used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMK. For offloaded FT
2574 * support this attribute specifies the PMK-R0 if NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME
2575 * is included as well.
2577 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI: flag attribute which user-space shall use to
2578 * indicate that it supports multiple active scheduled scan requests.
2579 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS: indicates maximum number of scheduled
2580 * scan request that may be active for the device (u32).
2582 * @NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS: flag attribute which user-space can include
2583 * in %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to indicate that for 802.1X authentication it
2584 * wants to use the supported offload of the 4-way handshake.
2585 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME: PMK-R0 Name for offloaded FT.
2586 * @NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED: (reserved)
2588 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION: Identify the requested external
2589 * authentication operation (u32 attribute with an
2590 * &enum nl80211_external_auth_action value). This is used with the
2591 * %NL80211_CMD_EXTERNAL_AUTH request event.
2592 * @NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: Flag attribute indicating that the user
2593 * space supports external authentication. This attribute shall be used
2594 * with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT and %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request. The driver
2595 * may offload authentication processing to user space if this capability
2596 * is indicated in the respective requests from the user space. (This flag
2597 * attribute deprecated for %NL80211_CMD_START_AP, use
2598 * %NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS)
2600 * @NL80211_ATTR_NSS: Station's New/updated RX_NSS value notified using this
2601 * u8 attribute. This is used with %NL80211_CMD_STA_OPMODE_CHANGED.
2603 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS: TXQ statistics (nested attribute, see &enum
2604 * nl80211_txq_stats)
2605 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT: Total packet limit for the TXQ queues for this phy.
2606 * The smaller of this and the memory limit is enforced.
2607 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT: Total memory limit (in bytes) for the
2608 * TXQ queues for this phy. The smaller of this and the packet limit is
2610 * @NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM: TXQ scheduler quantum (bytes). Number of bytes
2611 * a flow is assigned on each round of the DRR scheduler.
2612 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY: HE Capability information element (from
2613 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set
2614 * only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set.
2616 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER: nested attribute which user-space can include
2617 * in %NL80211_CMD_START_AP or %NL80211_CMD_SET_BEACON for fine timing
2618 * measurement (FTM) responder functionality and containing parameters as
2619 * possible, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attr
2621 * @NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS: Nested attribute with FTM responder
2622 * statistics, see &enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats.
2624 * @NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT: Timeout for the given operation in milliseconds (u32),
2625 * if the attribute is not given no timeout is requested. Note that 0 is an
2628 * @NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS: peer measurements request (and result)
2629 * data, uses nested attributes specified in
2630 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs.
2631 * This is also used for capability advertisement in the wiphy information,
2632 * with the appropriate sub-attributes.
2634 * @NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: Station's weight when scheduled by the airtime
2637 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING: Transmit power setting type (u8) for
2638 * station associated with the AP. See &enum nl80211_tx_power_setting for
2640 * @NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER: Transmit power level (s16) in dBm units. This
2641 * allows to set Tx power for a station. If this attribute is not included,
2642 * the default per-interface tx power setting will be overriding. Driver
2643 * should be picking up the lowest tx power, either tx power per-interface
2646 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD: attribute for passing SAE password material. It
2647 * is used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT to provide password for offloading
2648 * SAE authentication for WPA3-Personal networks.
2650 * @NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER: Enable target wait time responder support.
2652 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD: nested attribute for OBSS Packet Detection
2655 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz
2656 * channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions.
2657 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251. (u8 attribute)
2658 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes
2659 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations. (u8 attribute)
2660 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13.
2662 * @NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID: VLAN ID (1..4094) for the station and VLAN group key
2665 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR: nested attribute for BSS Color Settings.
2667 * @NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES: nested array attribute, with each entry
2668 * using attributes from &enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes. This
2669 * attribute is sent in a response to %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY indicating
2670 * supported AKM suites capability per interface. AKMs advertised in
2671 * %NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES are default capabilities if AKM suites not
2672 * advertised for a specific interface type.
2674 * @NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG: TID specific configuration in a
2675 * nested attribute with &enum nl80211_tid_config_attr sub-attributes;
2676 * on output (in wiphy attributes) it contains only the feature sub-
2679 * @NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: disable preauth frame rx on control
2680 * port in order to forward/receive them as ordinary data frames.
2682 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME: Maximum lifetime for PMKSA in seconds (u32,
2683 * dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold; 0 is not a valid value).
2684 * An optional parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA.
2685 * Drivers that trigger roaming need to know the lifetime of the
2686 * configured PMKSA for triggering the full vs. PMKSA caching based
2687 * authentication. This timeout helps authentication methods like SAE,
2688 * where PMK gets updated only by going through a full (new SAE)
2689 * authentication instead of getting updated during an association for EAP
2690 * authentication. No new full authentication within the PMK expiry shall
2691 * result in a disassociation at the end of the lifetime.
2693 * @NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD: Reauthentication threshold time, in
2694 * terms of percentage of %NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME
2695 * (u8, dot11RSNAConfigPMKReauthThreshold, 1..100). This is an optional
2696 * parameter configured through %NL80211_CMD_SET_PMKSA. Requests the
2697 * driver to trigger a full authentication roam (without PMKSA caching)
2698 * after the reauthentication threshold time, but before the PMK lifetime
2701 * Authentication methods like SAE need to be able to generate a new PMKSA
2702 * entry without having to force a disconnection after the PMK timeout. If
2703 * no roaming occurs between the reauth threshold and PMK expiration,
2704 * disassociation is still forced.
2705 * @NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST: multicast flag for the
2706 * %NL80211_CMD_REGISTER_FRAME command, see the description there.
2707 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET: offset of the associated
2708 * %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ in positive KHz. Only valid when supplied with
2709 * an %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET.
2710 * @NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET: Center frequency offset in KHz for the
2711 * first channel segment specified in %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1.
2712 * @NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: nested attribute with KHz frequencies
2714 * @NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY: HE 6 GHz Band Capability element (from
2715 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION).
2717 * @NL80211_ATTR_FILS_DISCOVERY: Optional parameter to configure FILS
2718 * discovery. It is a nested attribute, see
2719 * &enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes. Userspace should pass an empty
2720 * nested attribute to disable this feature and delete the templates.
2722 * @NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Optional parameter to configure
2723 * unsolicited broadcast probe response. It is a nested attribute, see
2724 * &enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes. Userspace should pass an empty
2725 * nested attribute to disable this feature and delete the templates.
2727 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY: S1G Capability information element (from
2728 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION)
2729 * @NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK: S1G Capability Information element
2730 * override mask. Used with NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY in
2731 * NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE or NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
2733 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PWE: Indicates the mechanism(s) allowed for SAE PWE
2734 * derivation in WPA3-Personal networks which are using SAE authentication.
2735 * This is a u8 attribute that encapsulates one of the values from
2736 * &enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism.
2738 * @NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC: SAR power limitation specification when
2739 * used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPECS. The message contains fields
2740 * of %nl80211_sar_attrs which specifies the sar type and related
2741 * sar specs. Sar specs contains array of %nl80211_sar_specs_attrs.
2743 * @NL80211_ATTR_RECONNECT_REQUESTED: flag attribute, used with deauth and
2744 * disassoc events to indicate that an immediate reconnect to the AP
2747 * @NL80211_ATTR_OBSS_COLOR_BITMAP: bitmap of the u64 BSS colors for the
2748 * %NL80211_CMD_OBSS_COLOR_COLLISION event.
2750 * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COUNT: u8 attribute specifying the number of TBTT's
2751 * until the color switch event.
2752 * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COLOR: u8 attribute specifying the color that we are
2754 * @NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_ELEMS: Nested set of attributes containing the IE
2755 * information for the time while performing a color switch.
2757 * @NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG: Nested attribute for multiple BSSID
2758 * advertisements (MBSSID) parameters in AP mode.
2759 * Kernel uses this attribute to indicate the driver's support for MBSSID
2760 * and enhanced multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA AP) to the userspace.
2761 * Userspace should use this attribute to configure per interface MBSSID
2763 * See &enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes for details.
2765 * @NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS: Nested parameter to pass multiple BSSID elements.
2766 * Mandatory parameter for the transmitting interface to enable MBSSID.
2767 * Optional for the non-transmitting interfaces.
2769 * @NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_BACKGROUND: Configure dedicated offchannel chain
2770 * available for radar/CAC detection on some hw. This chain can't be used
2771 * to transmit or receive frames and it is bounded to a running wdev.
2772 * Background radar/CAC detection allows to avoid the CAC downtime
2773 * switching on a different channel during CAC detection on the selected
2776 * @NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS: u32 attribute contains ap settings flags,
2777 * enumerated in &enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags. This attribute shall be
2778 * used with %NL80211_CMD_START_AP request.
2780 * @NL80211_ATTR_EHT_CAPABILITY: EHT Capability information element (from
2781 * association request when used with NL80211_CMD_NEW_STATION). Can be set
2782 * only if %NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME is set.
2784 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID: A (u8) link ID for use with MLO, to be used with
2785 * various commands that need a link ID to operate.
2786 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS: A nested array of links, each containing some
2787 * per-link information and a link ID.
2788 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR: An MLD address, used with various commands such as
2789 * authenticate/associate.
2791 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT: Flag attribute to indicate user space supports MLO
2792 * connection. Used with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. If this attribute is not
2793 * included in NL80211_CMD_CONNECT drivers must not perform MLO connection.
2795 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES: U16 attribute. Indicates maximum number of
2796 * AKM suites allowed for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT, %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and
2797 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP in %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY response. If this
2798 * attribute is not present userspace shall consider maximum number of AKM
2799 * suites allowed as %NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES which is the legacy maximum
2800 * number prior to the introduction of this attribute.
2802 * @NL80211_ATTR_EML_CAPABILITY: EML Capability information (u16)
2803 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS: MLD Capabilities and Operations (u16)
2805 * @NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP: Hardware timestamp for TX operation in
2806 * nanoseconds (u64). This is the device clock timestamp so it will
2807 * probably reset when the device is stopped or the firmware is reset.
2808 * When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, indicates the frame TX
2809 * timestamp. When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME RX notification, indicates
2810 * the ack TX timestamp.
2811 * @NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP: Hardware timestamp for RX operation in
2812 * nanoseconds (u64). This is the device clock timestamp so it will
2813 * probably reset when the device is stopped or the firmware is reset.
2814 * When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME_TX_STATUS, indicates the ack RX
2815 * timestamp. When used with %NL80211_CMD_FRAME RX notification, indicates
2816 * the incoming frame RX timestamp.
2817 * @NL80211_ATTR_TD_BITMAP: Transition Disable bitmap, for subsequent
2820 * @NL80211_ATTR_PUNCT_BITMAP: (u32) Preamble puncturing bitmap, lowest
2821 * bit corresponds to the lowest 20 MHz channel. Each bit set to 1
2822 * indicates that the sub-channel is punctured. Higher 16 bits are
2825 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX_HW_TIMESTAMP_PEERS: Maximum number of peers that HW
2826 * timestamping can be enabled for concurrently (u16), a wiphy attribute.
2827 * A value of 0xffff indicates setting for all peers (i.e. not specifying
2828 * an address with %NL80211_CMD_SET_HW_TIMESTAMP) is supported.
2829 * @NL80211_ATTR_HW_TIMESTAMP_ENABLED: Indicates whether HW timestamping should
2830 * be enabled or not (flag attribute).
2832 * @NL80211_ATTR_EMA_RNR_ELEMS: Optional nested attribute for
2833 * reduced neighbor report (RNR) elements. This attribute can be used
2834 * only when NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_EMA is enabled.
2835 * Userspace is responsible for splitting the RNR into multiple
2836 * elements such that each element excludes the non-transmitting
2837 * profiles already included in the MBSSID element
2838 * (%NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS) at the same index. Each EMA beacon
2839 * will be generated by adding MBSSID and RNR elements at the same
2840 * index. If the userspace includes more RNR elements than number of
2841 * MBSSID elements then these will be added in every EMA beacon.
2843 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_DISABLED: Flag attribute indicating that the link is
2846 * @NL80211_ATTR_BSS_DUMP_INCLUDE_USE_DATA: Include BSS usage data, i.e.
2847 * include BSSes that can only be used in restricted scenarios and/or
2848 * cannot be used at all.
2850 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_DLINK: Binary attribute specifying the downlink TID to
2851 * link mapping. The length is 8 * sizeof(u16). For each TID the link
2852 * mapping is as defined in section 9.4.2.314 (TID-To-Link Mapping element)
2853 * in Draft P802.11be_D4.0.
2854 * @NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_ULINK: Binary attribute specifying the uplink TID to
2855 * link mapping. The length is 8 * sizeof(u16). For each TID the link
2856 * mapping is as defined in section 9.4.2.314 (TID-To-Link Mapping element)
2857 * in Draft P802.11be_D4.0.
2859 * @NL80211_ATTR_ASSOC_SPP_AMSDU: flag attribute used with
2860 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE indicating the SPP A-MSDUs
2861 * are used on this connection
2863 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RADIOS: Nested attribute describing physical radios
2864 * belonging to this wiphy. See &enum nl80211_wiphy_radio_attrs.
2866 * @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS: Nested attribute listing the
2867 * supported interface combinations for all radios combined. In each
2868 * nested item, it contains attributes defined in
2869 * &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
2871 * @NL80211_ATTR_VIF_RADIO_MASK: Bitmask of allowed radios (u32).
2872 * A value of 0 means all radios.
2874 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR: total number of nl80211_attrs available
2875 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number currently defined
2876 * @__NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
2878 enum nl80211_attrs
{
2879 /* don't change the order or add anything between, this is ABI! */
2880 NL80211_ATTR_UNSPEC
,
2883 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_NAME
,
2885 NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX
,
2886 NL80211_ATTR_IFNAME
,
2887 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE
,
2891 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DATA
,
2892 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_IDX
,
2893 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_CIPHER
,
2894 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_SEQ
,
2895 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT
,
2897 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_INTERVAL
,
2898 NL80211_ATTR_DTIM_PERIOD
,
2899 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_HEAD
,
2900 NL80211_ATTR_BEACON_TAIL
,
2902 NL80211_ATTR_STA_AID
,
2903 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS
,
2904 NL80211_ATTR_STA_LISTEN_INTERVAL
,
2905 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_RATES
,
2906 NL80211_ATTR_STA_VLAN
,
2907 NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO
,
2909 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_BANDS
,
2911 NL80211_ATTR_MNTR_FLAGS
,
2913 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_ID
,
2914 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_ACTION
,
2915 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_NEXT_HOP
,
2916 NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO
,
2918 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_CTS_PROT
,
2919 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_PREAMBLE
,
2920 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SHORT_SLOT_TIME
,
2922 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY
,
2924 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_IFTYPES
,
2926 NL80211_ATTR_REG_ALPHA2
,
2927 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULES
,
2929 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG
,
2931 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES
,
2933 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS
,
2934 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
,
2935 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE
,
2937 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT
,
2939 NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE
,
2942 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCAN_SSIDS
,
2944 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES
,
2945 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SSIDS
,
2946 NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION
, /* replaces old SCAN_GENERATION */
2949 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR
,
2950 NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE
,
2952 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORTED_COMMANDS
,
2956 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE
,
2957 NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE
,
2959 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_TYPE
,
2961 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_IE_LEN
,
2962 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES
,
2964 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_BEFORE
,
2965 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_AFTER
,
2967 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_FIXED
,
2970 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_SHORT
,
2971 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RETRY_LONG
,
2972 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FRAG_THRESHOLD
,
2973 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RTS_THRESHOLD
,
2975 NL80211_ATTR_TIMED_OUT
,
2977 NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP
,
2979 NL80211_ATTR_STA_FLAGS2
,
2981 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT
,
2983 NL80211_ATTR_TESTDATA
,
2985 NL80211_ATTR_PRIVACY
,
2987 NL80211_ATTR_DISCONNECTED_BY_AP
,
2988 NL80211_ATTR_STATUS_CODE
,
2990 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE
,
2991 NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP
,
2992 NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS
,
2993 NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES
,
2995 NL80211_ATTR_REQ_IE
,
2996 NL80211_ATTR_RESP_IE
,
2998 NL80211_ATTR_PREV_BSSID
,
3007 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO
,
3010 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_PMKIDS
,
3012 NL80211_ATTR_DURATION
,
3014 NL80211_ATTR_COOKIE
,
3016 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_COVERAGE_CLASS
,
3018 NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES
,
3020 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_MATCH
,
3024 NL80211_ATTR_PS_STATE
,
3028 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_STATE_CHANGE
,
3030 NL80211_ATTR_AP_ISOLATE
,
3032 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_SETTING
,
3033 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TX_POWER_LEVEL
,
3035 NL80211_ATTR_TX_FRAME_TYPES
,
3036 NL80211_ATTR_RX_FRAME_TYPES
,
3037 NL80211_ATTR_FRAME_TYPE
,
3039 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_ETHERTYPE
,
3040 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_ENCRYPT
,
3042 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_IBSS_RSN
,
3044 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX
,
3045 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_RX
,
3047 NL80211_ATTR_MCAST_RATE
,
3049 NL80211_ATTR_OFFCHANNEL_TX_OK
,
3051 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_HT_OPMODE
,
3053 NL80211_ATTR_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES
,
3055 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_DURATION
,
3057 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_SETUP
,
3059 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_TX
,
3060 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_AVAIL_RX
,
3062 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_MESH_AUTH
,
3063 NL80211_ATTR_STA_PLINK_STATE
,
3065 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS
,
3066 NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED
,
3068 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_INTERVAL
,
3070 NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS
,
3071 NL80211_ATTR_SOFTWARE_IFTYPES
,
3073 NL80211_ATTR_REKEY_DATA
,
3075 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_SSIDS
,
3076 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCHED_SCAN_IE_LEN
,
3078 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_SUPP_RATES
,
3080 NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID
,
3082 NL80211_ATTR_IE_PROBE_RESP
,
3083 NL80211_ATTR_IE_ASSOC_RESP
,
3085 NL80211_ATTR_STA_WME
,
3086 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_AP_UAPSD
,
3088 NL80211_ATTR_ROAM_SUPPORT
,
3090 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH
,
3091 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_MATCH_SETS
,
3093 NL80211_ATTR_PMKSA_CANDIDATE
,
3095 NL80211_ATTR_TX_NO_CCK_RATE
,
3097 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_ACTION
,
3098 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_DIALOG_TOKEN
,
3099 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION
,
3100 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_SUPPORT
,
3101 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_EXTERNAL_SETUP
,
3103 NL80211_ATTR_DEVICE_AP_SME
,
3105 NL80211_ATTR_DONT_WAIT_FOR_ACK
,
3107 NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
,
3109 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD
,
3111 NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP
,
3113 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_REGION
,
3115 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HT
,
3116 NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY_MASK
,
3118 NL80211_ATTR_NOACK_MAP
,
3120 NL80211_ATTR_INACTIVITY_TIMEOUT
,
3122 NL80211_ATTR_RX_SIGNAL_DBM
,
3124 NL80211_ATTR_BG_SCAN_PERIOD
,
3128 NL80211_ATTR_USER_REG_HINT_TYPE
,
3130 NL80211_ATTR_CONN_FAILED_REASON
,
3132 NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA
,
3134 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY
,
3136 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FLAGS
,
3138 NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH
,
3139 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
,
3140 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2
,
3142 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_CTWINDOW
,
3143 NL80211_ATTR_P2P_OPPPS
,
3145 NL80211_ATTR_LOCAL_MESH_POWER_MODE
,
3147 NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY
,
3149 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ADDRS
,
3151 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_ACL_MAX
,
3153 NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT
,
3155 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA
,
3156 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_CAPA_MASK
,
3158 NL80211_ATTR_STA_CAPABILITY
,
3159 NL80211_ATTR_STA_EXT_CAPABILITY
,
3161 NL80211_ATTR_PROTOCOL_FEATURES
,
3162 NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP
,
3164 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_VHT
,
3165 NL80211_ATTR_VHT_CAPABILITY_MASK
,
3168 NL80211_ATTR_IE_RIC
,
3170 NL80211_ATTR_CRIT_PROT_ID
,
3171 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CRIT_PROT_DURATION
,
3173 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_AID
,
3175 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE
,
3177 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_COUNT
,
3178 NL80211_ATTR_CH_SWITCH_BLOCK_TX
,
3179 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_IES
,
3180 NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON
,
3181 NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP
,
3183 NL80211_ATTR_RXMGMT_FLAGS
,
3185 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_CHANNELS
,
3187 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORTED_OPER_CLASSES
,
3189 NL80211_ATTR_HANDLE_DFS
,
3191 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_5_MHZ
,
3192 NL80211_ATTR_SUPPORT_10_MHZ
,
3194 NL80211_ATTR_OPMODE_NOTIF
,
3196 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_ID
,
3197 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_SUBCMD
,
3198 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_DATA
,
3199 NL80211_ATTR_VENDOR_EVENTS
,
3201 NL80211_ATTR_QOS_MAP
,
3203 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_HINT
,
3204 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_HINT
,
3206 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_AP_ASSOC_STA
,
3208 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_PEER_CAPABILITY
,
3210 NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
,
3212 NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFFSETS_TX
,
3213 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_CSA_COUNTERS
,
3215 NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_INITIATOR
,
3217 NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM
,
3219 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK
,
3222 NL80211_ATTR_USER_PRIO
,
3223 NL80211_ATTR_ADMITTED_TIME
,
3225 NL80211_ATTR_SMPS_MODE
,
3227 NL80211_ATTR_OPER_CLASS
,
3229 NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK
,
3231 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_SELF_MANAGED_REG
,
3233 NL80211_ATTR_EXT_FEATURES
,
3235 NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_RADIO_STATS
,
3237 NL80211_ATTR_NETNS_FD
,
3239 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_DELAY
,
3241 NL80211_ATTR_REG_INDOOR
,
3243 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS
,
3244 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL
,
3245 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS
,
3246 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_PLANS
,
3250 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT
,
3252 NL80211_ATTR_STA_SUPPORT_P2P_PS
,
3256 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_EXT_CAPA
,
3258 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA
,
3259 NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR
,
3261 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF
,
3262 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_START_TIME_TSF_BSSID
,
3263 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION
,
3264 NL80211_ATTR_MEASUREMENT_DURATION_MANDATORY
,
3266 NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PEER_AID
,
3268 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MASTER_PREF
,
3270 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_FUNC
,
3271 NL80211_ATTR_NAN_MATCH
,
3273 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_KEK
,
3274 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_NONCES
,
3276 NL80211_ATTR_MULTICAST_TO_UNICAST_ENABLED
,
3280 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI
,
3281 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RSSI_ADJUST
,
3283 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT_REASON
,
3285 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_USERNAME
,
3286 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_REALM
,
3287 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_NEXT_SEQ_NUM
,
3288 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_ERP_RRK
,
3289 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_CACHE_ID
,
3293 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MULTI
,
3294 NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MAX_REQS
,
3296 NL80211_ATTR_WANT_1X_4WAY_HS
,
3297 NL80211_ATTR_PMKR0_NAME
,
3298 NL80211_ATTR_PORT_AUTHORIZED
,
3300 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION
,
3301 NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT
,
3304 NL80211_ATTR_ACK_SIGNAL
,
3306 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211
,
3308 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_STATS
,
3309 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_LIMIT
,
3310 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_MEMORY_LIMIT
,
3311 NL80211_ATTR_TXQ_QUANTUM
,
3313 NL80211_ATTR_HE_CAPABILITY
,
3315 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER
,
3317 NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS
,
3319 NL80211_ATTR_TIMEOUT
,
3321 NL80211_ATTR_PEER_MEASUREMENTS
,
3323 NL80211_ATTR_AIRTIME_WEIGHT
,
3324 NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER_SETTING
,
3325 NL80211_ATTR_STA_TX_POWER
,
3327 NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PASSWORD
,
3329 NL80211_ATTR_TWT_RESPONDER
,
3331 NL80211_ATTR_HE_OBSS_PD
,
3333 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_CHANNELS
,
3334 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_EDMG_BW_CONFIG
,
3336 NL80211_ATTR_VLAN_ID
,
3338 NL80211_ATTR_HE_BSS_COLOR
,
3340 NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE_AKM_SUITES
,
3342 NL80211_ATTR_TID_CONFIG
,
3344 NL80211_ATTR_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH
,
3346 NL80211_ATTR_PMK_LIFETIME
,
3347 NL80211_ATTR_PMK_REAUTH_THRESHOLD
,
3349 NL80211_ATTR_RECEIVE_MULTICAST
,
3350 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ_OFFSET
,
3351 NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1_OFFSET
,
3352 NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ
,
3354 NL80211_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPABILITY
,
3356 NL80211_ATTR_FILS_DISCOVERY
,
3358 NL80211_ATTR_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP
,
3360 NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY
,
3361 NL80211_ATTR_S1G_CAPABILITY_MASK
,
3363 NL80211_ATTR_SAE_PWE
,
3365 NL80211_ATTR_RECONNECT_REQUESTED
,
3367 NL80211_ATTR_SAR_SPEC
,
3369 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_HE
,
3371 NL80211_ATTR_OBSS_COLOR_BITMAP
,
3373 NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COUNT
,
3374 NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_COLOR
,
3375 NL80211_ATTR_COLOR_CHANGE_ELEMS
,
3377 NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_CONFIG
,
3378 NL80211_ATTR_MBSSID_ELEMS
,
3380 NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_BACKGROUND
,
3382 NL80211_ATTR_AP_SETTINGS_FLAGS
,
3384 NL80211_ATTR_EHT_CAPABILITY
,
3386 NL80211_ATTR_DISABLE_EHT
,
3388 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINKS
,
3389 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_ID
,
3390 NL80211_ATTR_MLD_ADDR
,
3392 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_SUPPORT
,
3394 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES
,
3396 NL80211_ATTR_EML_CAPABILITY
,
3397 NL80211_ATTR_MLD_CAPA_AND_OPS
,
3399 NL80211_ATTR_TX_HW_TIMESTAMP
,
3400 NL80211_ATTR_RX_HW_TIMESTAMP
,
3401 NL80211_ATTR_TD_BITMAP
,
3403 NL80211_ATTR_PUNCT_BITMAP
,
3405 NL80211_ATTR_MAX_HW_TIMESTAMP_PEERS
,
3406 NL80211_ATTR_HW_TIMESTAMP_ENABLED
,
3408 NL80211_ATTR_EMA_RNR_ELEMS
,
3410 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_LINK_DISABLED
,
3412 NL80211_ATTR_BSS_DUMP_INCLUDE_USE_DATA
,
3414 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_DLINK
,
3415 NL80211_ATTR_MLO_TTLM_ULINK
,
3417 NL80211_ATTR_ASSOC_SPP_AMSDU
,
3419 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_RADIOS
,
3420 NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS
,
3422 NL80211_ATTR_VIF_RADIO_MASK
,
3424 /* add attributes here, update the policy in nl80211.c */
3426 __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST
,
3427 NUM_NL80211_ATTR
= __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST
,
3428 NL80211_ATTR_MAX
= __NL80211_ATTR_AFTER_LAST
- 1
3431 /* source-level API compatibility */
3432 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_GENERATION NL80211_ATTR_GENERATION
3433 #define NL80211_ATTR_MESH_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_MESH_CONFIG
3434 #define NL80211_ATTR_IFACE_SOCKET_OWNER NL80211_ATTR_SOCKET_OWNER
3435 #define NL80211_ATTR_SAE_DATA NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_DATA
3436 #define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_BEACON NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_BEACON
3437 #define NL80211_ATTR_CSA_C_OFF_PRESP NL80211_ATTR_CNTDWN_OFFS_PRESP
3440 * Allow user space programs to use #ifdef on new attributes by defining them
3443 #define NL80211_CMD_CONNECT NL80211_CMD_CONNECT
3444 #define NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY NL80211_ATTR_HT_CAPABILITY
3445 #define NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES NL80211_ATTR_BSS_BASIC_RATES
3446 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_TXQ_PARAMS
3447 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ
3448 #define NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_CHANNEL_TYPE
3449 #define NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE NL80211_ATTR_MGMT_SUBTYPE
3450 #define NL80211_ATTR_IE NL80211_ATTR_IE
3451 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR NL80211_ATTR_REG_INITIATOR
3452 #define NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_REG_TYPE
3453 #define NL80211_ATTR_FRAME NL80211_ATTR_FRAME
3454 #define NL80211_ATTR_SSID NL80211_ATTR_SSID
3455 #define NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE NL80211_ATTR_AUTH_TYPE
3456 #define NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE NL80211_ATTR_REASON_CODE
3457 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITES_PAIRWISE
3458 #define NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP NL80211_ATTR_CIPHER_SUITE_GROUP
3459 #define NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS NL80211_ATTR_WPA_VERSIONS
3460 #define NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES NL80211_ATTR_AKM_SUITES
3461 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEY NL80211_ATTR_KEY
3462 #define NL80211_ATTR_KEYS NL80211_ATTR_KEYS
3463 #define NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS NL80211_ATTR_FEATURE_FLAGS
3465 #define NL80211_WIPHY_NAME_MAXLEN 64
3467 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES 32
3468 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_HT_RATES 77
3469 #define NL80211_MAX_SUPP_REG_RULES 128
3470 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_ENCR_KEY 0
3471 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_TX_MIC_KEY 16
3472 #define NL80211_TKIP_DATA_OFFSET_RX_MIC_KEY 24
3473 #define NL80211_HT_CAPABILITY_LEN 26
3474 #define NL80211_VHT_CAPABILITY_LEN 12
3475 #define NL80211_HE_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN 16
3476 #define NL80211_HE_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN 54
3477 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_CIPHER_SUITES 5
3480 * NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES is obsolete when %NL80211_ATTR_MAX_NUM_AKM_SUITES
3481 * present in %NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY response.
3483 #define NL80211_MAX_NR_AKM_SUITES 2
3484 #define NL80211_EHT_MIN_CAPABILITY_LEN 13
3485 #define NL80211_EHT_MAX_CAPABILITY_LEN 51
3487 #define NL80211_MIN_REMAIN_ON_CHANNEL_TIME 10
3489 /* default RSSI threshold for scan results if none specified. */
3490 #define NL80211_SCAN_RSSI_THOLD_OFF -300
3492 #define NL80211_CQM_TXE_MAX_INTVL 1800
3495 * enum nl80211_iftype - (virtual) interface types
3497 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified type, driver decides
3498 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC: independent BSS member
3499 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION: managed BSS member
3500 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP: access point
3501 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN: VLAN interface for access points; VLAN interfaces
3502 * are a bit special in that they must always be tied to a pre-existing
3503 * AP type interface.
3504 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_WDS: wireless distribution interface
3505 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR: monitor interface receiving all frames
3506 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT: mesh point
3507 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT: P2P client
3508 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO: P2P group owner
3509 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE: P2P device interface type, this is not a netdev
3510 * and therefore can't be created in the normal ways, use the
3511 * %NL80211_CMD_START_P2P_DEVICE and %NL80211_CMD_STOP_P2P_DEVICE
3512 * commands to create and destroy one
3513 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_OCB: Outside Context of a BSS
3514 * This mode corresponds to the MIB variable dot11OCBActivated=true
3515 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_NAN: NAN device interface type (not a netdev)
3516 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX: highest interface type number currently defined
3517 * @NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES: number of defined interface types
3519 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_IFTYPE
3520 * to set the type of an interface.
3523 enum nl80211_iftype
{
3524 NL80211_IFTYPE_UNSPECIFIED
,
3525 NL80211_IFTYPE_ADHOC
,
3526 NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION
,
3528 NL80211_IFTYPE_AP_VLAN
,
3530 NL80211_IFTYPE_MONITOR
,
3531 NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT
,
3532 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT
,
3533 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO
,
3534 NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_DEVICE
,
3539 NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES
,
3540 NL80211_IFTYPE_MAX
= NUM_NL80211_IFTYPES
- 1
3544 * enum nl80211_sta_flags - station flags
3546 * Station flags. When a station is added to an AP interface, it is
3547 * assumed to be already associated (and hence authenticated.)
3549 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3550 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X)
3551 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE: station is capable of receiving frames
3552 * with short barker preamble
3553 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME: station is WME/QoS capable
3554 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP: station uses management frame protection
3555 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED: station is authenticated
3556 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER: station is a TDLS peer -- this flag should
3557 * only be used in managed mode (even in the flags mask). Note that the
3558 * flag can't be changed, it is only valid while adding a station, and
3559 * attempts to change it will silently be ignored (rather than rejected
3561 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED: station is associated; used with drivers
3562 * that support %NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE to transition a
3563 * previously added station into associated state
3564 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_SPP_AMSDU: station supports SPP A-MSDUs
3565 * @NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX: highest station flag number currently defined
3566 * @__NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3568 enum nl80211_sta_flags
{
3569 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_INVALID
,
3570 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHORIZED
,
3571 NL80211_STA_FLAG_SHORT_PREAMBLE
,
3572 NL80211_STA_FLAG_WME
,
3573 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MFP
,
3574 NL80211_STA_FLAG_AUTHENTICATED
,
3575 NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER
,
3576 NL80211_STA_FLAG_ASSOCIATED
,
3577 NL80211_STA_FLAG_SPP_AMSDU
,
3580 __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST
,
3581 NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX
= __NL80211_STA_FLAG_AFTER_LAST
- 1
3585 * enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status - station support of P2P PS
3587 * @NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED: station doesn't support P2P PS mechanism
3588 * @NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED: station supports P2P PS mechanism
3589 * @NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS: number of values
3591 enum nl80211_sta_p2p_ps_status
{
3592 NL80211_P2P_PS_UNSUPPORTED
= 0,
3593 NL80211_P2P_PS_SUPPORTED
,
3595 NUM_NL80211_P2P_PS_STATUS
,
3598 #define NL80211_STA_FLAG_MAX_OLD_API NL80211_STA_FLAG_TDLS_PEER
3601 * struct nl80211_sta_flag_update - station flags mask/set
3602 * @mask: mask of station flags to set
3603 * @set: which values to set them to
3605 * Both mask and set contain bits as per &enum nl80211_sta_flags.
3607 struct nl80211_sta_flag_update
{
3610 } __attribute__((packed
));
3613 * enum nl80211_he_gi - HE guard interval
3614 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec
3615 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec
3616 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec
3618 enum nl80211_he_gi
{
3619 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_0_8
,
3620 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_1_6
,
3621 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI_3_2
,
3625 * enum nl80211_he_ltf - HE long training field
3626 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1XLTF: 3.2 usec
3627 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2XLTF: 6.4 usec
3628 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4XLTF: 12.8 usec
3630 enum nl80211_he_ltf
{
3631 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_1XLTF
,
3632 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_2XLTF
,
3633 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_4XLTF
,
3637 * enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc - HE RU allocation values
3638 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation
3639 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation
3640 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation
3641 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation
3642 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation
3643 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation
3644 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation
3646 enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc
{
3647 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_26
,
3648 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_52
,
3649 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_106
,
3650 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_242
,
3651 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_484
,
3652 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_996
,
3653 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC_2x996
,
3657 * enum nl80211_eht_gi - EHT guard interval
3658 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_0_8: 0.8 usec
3659 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_1_6: 1.6 usec
3660 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_3_2: 3.2 usec
3662 enum nl80211_eht_gi
{
3663 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_0_8
,
3664 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_1_6
,
3665 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI_3_2
,
3669 * enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc - EHT RU allocation values
3670 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_26: 26-tone RU allocation
3671 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52: 52-tone RU allocation
3672 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52P26: 52+26-tone RU allocation
3673 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106: 106-tone RU allocation
3674 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106P26: 106+26 tone RU allocation
3675 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_242: 242-tone RU allocation
3676 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484: 484-tone RU allocation
3677 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484P242: 484+242 tone RU allocation
3678 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996: 996-tone RU allocation
3679 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484: 996+484 tone RU allocation
3680 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484P242: 996+484+242 tone RU allocation
3681 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996: 2x996-tone RU allocation
3682 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996P484: 2x996+484 tone RU allocation
3683 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996: 3x996-tone RU allocation
3684 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996P484: 3x996+484 tone RU allocation
3685 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_4x996: 4x996-tone RU allocation
3687 enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc
{
3688 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_26
,
3689 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52
,
3690 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_52P26
,
3691 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106
,
3692 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_106P26
,
3693 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_242
,
3694 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484
,
3695 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_484P242
,
3696 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996
,
3697 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484
,
3698 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_996P484P242
,
3699 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996
,
3700 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_2x996P484
,
3701 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996
,
3702 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_3x996P484
,
3703 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC_4x996
,
3707 * enum nl80211_rate_info - bitrate information
3709 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_TXRATE
3710 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
3711 * There are 2 attributes for bitrate, a legacy one that represents
3712 * a 16-bit value, and new one that represents a 32-bit value.
3713 * If the rate value fits into 16 bit, both attributes are reported
3714 * with the same value. If the rate is too high to fit into 16 bits
3715 * (>6.5535Gbps) only 32-bit attribute is included.
3716 * User space tools encouraged to use the 32-bit attribute and fall
3717 * back to the 16-bit one for compatibility with older kernels.
3719 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3720 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE: total bitrate (u16, 100kbit/s)
3721 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS: mcs index for 802.11n (u8)
3722 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH: 40 MHz dualchannel bitrate
3723 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI: 400ns guard interval
3724 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32: total bitrate (u32, 100kbit/s)
3725 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX: highest rate_info number currently defined
3726 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS: MCS index for VHT (u8)
3727 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS: number of streams in VHT (u8)
3728 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH: 80 MHz VHT rate
3729 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH: unused - 80+80 is treated the
3730 * same as 160 for purposes of the bitrates
3731 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH: 160 MHz VHT rate
3732 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH: 10 MHz width - note that this is
3733 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
3734 * half the base (20 MHz) rate
3735 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH: 5 MHz width - note that this is
3736 * a legacy rate and will be reported as the actual bitrate, i.e.
3737 * a quarter of the base (20 MHz) rate
3738 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS: HE MCS index (u8, 0-11)
3739 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS: HE NSS value (u8, 1-8)
3740 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI: HE guard interval identifier
3741 * (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_gi)
3742 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM: HE DCM value (u8, 0/1)
3743 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC: HE RU allocation, if not present then
3744 * non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc)
3745 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_320_MHZ_WIDTH: 320 MHz bitrate
3746 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_MCS: EHT MCS index (u8, 0-15)
3747 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_NSS: EHT NSS value (u8, 1-8)
3748 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI: EHT guard interval identifier
3749 * (u8, see &enum nl80211_eht_gi)
3750 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC: EHT RU allocation, if not present then
3751 * non-OFDMA was used (u8, see &enum nl80211_eht_ru_alloc)
3752 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_S1G_MCS: S1G MCS index (u8, 0-10)
3753 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_S1G_NSS: S1G NSS value (u8, 1-4)
3754 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_1_MHZ_WIDTH: 1 MHz S1G rate
3755 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_2_MHZ_WIDTH: 2 MHz S1G rate
3756 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_4_MHZ_WIDTH: 4 MHz S1G rate
3757 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_8_MHZ_WIDTH: 8 MHz S1G rate
3758 * @NL80211_RATE_INFO_16_MHZ_WIDTH: 16 MHz S1G rate
3759 * @__NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3761 enum nl80211_rate_info
{
3762 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_INVALID
,
3763 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE
,
3764 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MCS
,
3765 NL80211_RATE_INFO_40_MHZ_WIDTH
,
3766 NL80211_RATE_INFO_SHORT_GI
,
3767 NL80211_RATE_INFO_BITRATE32
,
3768 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_MCS
,
3769 NL80211_RATE_INFO_VHT_NSS
,
3770 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80_MHZ_WIDTH
,
3771 NL80211_RATE_INFO_80P80_MHZ_WIDTH
,
3772 NL80211_RATE_INFO_160_MHZ_WIDTH
,
3773 NL80211_RATE_INFO_10_MHZ_WIDTH
,
3774 NL80211_RATE_INFO_5_MHZ_WIDTH
,
3775 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_MCS
,
3776 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_NSS
,
3777 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_GI
,
3778 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_DCM
,
3779 NL80211_RATE_INFO_HE_RU_ALLOC
,
3780 NL80211_RATE_INFO_320_MHZ_WIDTH
,
3781 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_MCS
,
3782 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_NSS
,
3783 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_GI
,
3784 NL80211_RATE_INFO_EHT_RU_ALLOC
,
3785 NL80211_RATE_INFO_S1G_MCS
,
3786 NL80211_RATE_INFO_S1G_NSS
,
3787 NL80211_RATE_INFO_1_MHZ_WIDTH
,
3788 NL80211_RATE_INFO_2_MHZ_WIDTH
,
3789 NL80211_RATE_INFO_4_MHZ_WIDTH
,
3790 NL80211_RATE_INFO_8_MHZ_WIDTH
,
3791 NL80211_RATE_INFO_16_MHZ_WIDTH
,
3794 __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST
,
3795 NL80211_RATE_INFO_MAX
= __NL80211_RATE_INFO_AFTER_LAST
- 1
3799 * enum nl80211_sta_bss_param - BSS information collected by STA
3801 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM
3802 * when getting information about the bitrate of a station.
3804 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3805 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT: whether CTS protection is enabled (flag)
3806 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE: whether short preamble is enabled
3808 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME: whether short slot time is enabled
3810 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD: DTIM period for beaconing (u8)
3811 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL: Beacon interval (u16)
3812 * @NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX: highest sta_bss_param number currently defined
3813 * @__NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST: internal use
3815 enum nl80211_sta_bss_param
{
3816 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_INVALID
,
3817 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_CTS_PROT
,
3818 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_PREAMBLE
,
3819 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_SHORT_SLOT_TIME
,
3820 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_DTIM_PERIOD
,
3821 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_BEACON_INTERVAL
,
3824 __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST
,
3825 NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_MAX
= __NL80211_STA_BSS_PARAM_AFTER_LAST
- 1
3829 * enum nl80211_sta_info - station information
3831 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_STA_INFO
3832 * when getting information about a station.
3834 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3835 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME: time since last activity (u32, msecs)
3836 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES: total received bytes (MPDU length)
3837 * (u32, from this station)
3838 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
3839 * (u32, to this station)
3840 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64: total received bytes (MPDU length)
3841 * (u64, from this station)
3842 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64: total transmitted bytes (MPDU length)
3843 * (u64, to this station)
3844 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL: signal strength of last received PPDU (u8, dBm)
3845 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE: current unicast tx rate, nested attribute
3846 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_rate_info
3847 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS: total received packet (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
3848 * (u32, from this station)
3849 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS: total transmitted packets (MSDUs and MMPDUs)
3850 * (u32, to this station)
3851 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES: total retries (MPDUs) (u32, to this station)
3852 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED: total failed packets (MPDUs)
3853 * (u32, to this station)
3854 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average (u8, dBm)
3855 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID: the station's mesh LLID
3856 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID: the station's mesh PLID
3857 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE: peer link state for the station
3858 * (see %enum nl80211_plink_state)
3859 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE: last unicast data frame rx rate, nested
3860 * attribute, like NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE.
3861 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM: current station's view of BSS, nested attribute
3862 * containing info as possible, see &enum nl80211_sta_bss_param
3863 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME: time since the station is last connected
3864 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS: Contains a struct nl80211_sta_flag_update.
3865 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS: count of times beacon loss was detected (u32)
3866 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET: timing offset with respect to this STA (s64)
3867 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM: local mesh STA link-specific power mode
3868 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM: peer mesh STA link-specific power mode
3869 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM: neighbor mesh STA power save mode towards
3871 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last PPDU
3872 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm)
3873 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG: per-chain signal strength average
3874 * Same format as NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL.
3875 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT: expected throughput considering also
3876 * the 802.11 header (u32, kbps)
3877 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC: RX packets dropped for unspecified reasons
3879 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX: number of beacons received from this peer (u64)
3880 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG: signal strength average
3881 * for beacons only (u8, dBm)
3882 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS: per-TID statistics (see &enum nl80211_tid_stats)
3883 * This is a nested attribute where each the inner attribute number is the
3884 * TID+1 and the special TID 16 (i.e. value 17) is used for non-QoS frames;
3885 * each one of those is again nested with &enum nl80211_tid_stats
3886 * attributes carrying the actual values.
3887 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
3888 * received from the station (u64, usec)
3889 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
3890 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL: signal strength of the last ACK frame(u8, dBm)
3891 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG: avg signal strength of ACK frames (s8, dBm)
3892 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS: total number of received packets (MPDUs)
3893 * (u32, from this station)
3894 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT: total number of packets (MPDUs) received
3895 * with an FCS error (u32, from this station). This count may not include
3896 * some packets with an FCS error due to TA corruption. Hence this counter
3897 * might not be fully accurate.
3898 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: set to true if STA has a path to a
3899 * mesh gate (u8, 0 or 1)
3900 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION: aggregate PPDU duration for all frames
3901 * sent to the station (u64, usec)
3902 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT: current airtime weight for station (u16)
3903 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC: airtime link metric for mesh station
3904 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME: Timestamp (CLOCK_BOOTTIME, nanoseconds)
3905 * of STA's association
3906 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS: set to true if STA has a path to a
3907 * authentication server (u8, 0 or 1)
3908 * @__NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal
3909 * @NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX: highest possible station info attribute
3911 enum nl80211_sta_info
{
3912 __NL80211_STA_INFO_INVALID
,
3913 NL80211_STA_INFO_INACTIVE_TIME
,
3914 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES
,
3915 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES
,
3916 NL80211_STA_INFO_LLID
,
3917 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLID
,
3918 NL80211_STA_INFO_PLINK_STATE
,
3919 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL
,
3920 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BITRATE
,
3921 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_PACKETS
,
3922 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_PACKETS
,
3923 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_RETRIES
,
3924 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_FAILED
,
3925 NL80211_STA_INFO_SIGNAL_AVG
,
3926 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BITRATE
,
3927 NL80211_STA_INFO_BSS_PARAM
,
3928 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TIME
,
3929 NL80211_STA_INFO_STA_FLAGS
,
3930 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_LOSS
,
3931 NL80211_STA_INFO_T_OFFSET
,
3932 NL80211_STA_INFO_LOCAL_PM
,
3933 NL80211_STA_INFO_PEER_PM
,
3934 NL80211_STA_INFO_NONPEER_PM
,
3935 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_BYTES64
,
3936 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_BYTES64
,
3937 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL
,
3938 NL80211_STA_INFO_CHAIN_SIGNAL_AVG
,
3939 NL80211_STA_INFO_EXPECTED_THROUGHPUT
,
3940 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DROP_MISC
,
3941 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_RX
,
3942 NL80211_STA_INFO_BEACON_SIGNAL_AVG
,
3943 NL80211_STA_INFO_TID_STATS
,
3944 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_DURATION
,
3945 NL80211_STA_INFO_PAD
,
3946 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL
,
3947 NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG
,
3948 NL80211_STA_INFO_RX_MPDUS
,
3949 NL80211_STA_INFO_FCS_ERROR_COUNT
,
3950 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_GATE
,
3951 NL80211_STA_INFO_TX_DURATION
,
3952 NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_WEIGHT
,
3953 NL80211_STA_INFO_AIRTIME_LINK_METRIC
,
3954 NL80211_STA_INFO_ASSOC_AT_BOOTTIME
,
3955 NL80211_STA_INFO_CONNECTED_TO_AS
,
3958 __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST
,
3959 NL80211_STA_INFO_MAX
= __NL80211_STA_INFO_AFTER_LAST
- 1
3962 /* we renamed this - stay compatible */
3963 #define NL80211_STA_INFO_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG NL80211_STA_INFO_ACK_SIGNAL_AVG
3967 * enum nl80211_tid_stats - per TID statistics attributes
3968 * @__NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3969 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU: number of MSDUs received (u64)
3970 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU: number of MSDUs transmitted (or
3971 * attempted to transmit; u64)
3972 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES: number of retries for
3973 * transmitted MSDUs (not counting the first attempt; u64)
3974 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED: number of failed transmitted
3976 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
3977 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS: TXQ stats (nested attribute)
3978 * @NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS: number of attributes here
3979 * @NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
3981 enum nl80211_tid_stats
{
3982 __NL80211_TID_STATS_INVALID
,
3983 NL80211_TID_STATS_RX_MSDU
,
3984 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU
,
3985 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_RETRIES
,
3986 NL80211_TID_STATS_TX_MSDU_FAILED
,
3987 NL80211_TID_STATS_PAD
,
3988 NL80211_TID_STATS_TXQ_STATS
,
3991 NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS
,
3992 NL80211_TID_STATS_MAX
= NUM_NL80211_TID_STATS
- 1
3996 * enum nl80211_txq_stats - per TXQ statistics attributes
3997 * @__NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
3998 * @NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS: number of attributes here
3999 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES: number of bytes currently backlogged
4000 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS: number of packets currently
4002 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS: total number of new flows seen
4003 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS: total number of packet drops
4004 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS: total number of packet ECN marks
4005 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT: number of drops due to queue space overflow
4006 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY: number of drops due to memory limit overflow
4007 * (only for per-phy stats)
4008 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS: number of hash collisions
4009 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES: total number of bytes dequeued from TXQ
4010 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS: total number of packets dequeued from TXQ
4011 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS: number of flow buckets for PHY
4012 * @NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX: highest numbered attribute here
4014 enum nl80211_txq_stats
{
4015 __NL80211_TXQ_STATS_INVALID
,
4016 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_BYTES
,
4017 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_BACKLOG_PACKETS
,
4018 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_FLOWS
,
4019 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_DROPS
,
4020 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_ECN_MARKS
,
4021 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERLIMIT
,
4022 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_OVERMEMORY
,
4023 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_COLLISIONS
,
4024 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_BYTES
,
4025 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_TX_PACKETS
,
4026 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX_FLOWS
,
4029 NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS
,
4030 NL80211_TXQ_STATS_MAX
= NUM_NL80211_TXQ_STATS
- 1
4034 * enum nl80211_mpath_flags - nl80211 mesh path flags
4036 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE: the mesh path is active
4037 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING: the mesh path discovery process is running
4038 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID: the mesh path contains a valid SN
4039 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED: the mesh path has been manually set
4040 * @NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED: the mesh path discovery process succeeded
4042 enum nl80211_mpath_flags
{
4043 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_ACTIVE
= 1<<0,
4044 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVING
= 1<<1,
4045 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_SN_VALID
= 1<<2,
4046 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_FIXED
= 1<<3,
4047 NL80211_MPATH_FLAG_RESOLVED
= 1<<4,
4051 * enum nl80211_mpath_info - mesh path information
4053 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_MPATH_INFO when getting
4054 * information about a mesh path.
4056 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4057 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN: number of queued frames for this destination
4058 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN: destination sequence number
4059 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC: metric (cost) of this mesh path
4060 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME: expiration time for the path, in msec from now
4061 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS: mesh path flags, enumerated in
4062 * &enum nl80211_mpath_flags;
4063 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: total path discovery timeout, in msec
4064 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES: mesh path discovery retries
4065 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT: hop count to destination
4066 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE: total number of path changes to destination
4067 * @NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX: highest mesh path information attribute number
4069 * @__NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4071 enum nl80211_mpath_info
{
4072 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_INVALID
,
4073 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FRAME_QLEN
,
4074 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_SN
,
4075 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_METRIC
,
4076 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_EXPTIME
,
4077 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_FLAGS
,
4078 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT
,
4079 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_DISCOVERY_RETRIES
,
4080 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_HOP_COUNT
,
4081 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_PATH_CHANGE
,
4084 __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST
,
4085 NL80211_MPATH_INFO_MAX
= __NL80211_MPATH_INFO_AFTER_LAST
- 1
4089 * enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr - Interface type data attributes
4091 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4092 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag attribute
4093 * for each interface type that supports the band data
4094 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC: HE MAC capabilities as in HE
4096 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY: HE PHY capabilities as in HE
4098 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET: HE supported NSS/MCS as in HE
4100 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE: HE PPE thresholds information as
4101 * defined in HE capabilities IE
4102 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA: HE 6GHz band capabilities (__le16),
4103 * given for all 6 GHz band channels
4104 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_VENDOR_ELEMS: vendor element capabilities that are
4105 * advertised on this band/for this iftype (binary)
4106 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MAC: EHT MAC capabilities as in EHT
4107 * capabilities element
4108 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PHY: EHT PHY capabilities as in EHT
4109 * capabilities element
4110 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MCS_SET: EHT supported NSS/MCS as in EHT
4111 * capabilities element
4112 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PPE: EHT PPE thresholds information as
4113 * defined in EHT capabilities element
4114 * @__NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4115 * @NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined
4117 enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr
{
4118 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_INVALID
,
4120 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_IFTYPES
,
4121 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MAC
,
4122 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PHY
,
4123 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_MCS_SET
,
4124 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_CAP_PPE
,
4125 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_HE_6GHZ_CAPA
,
4126 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_VENDOR_ELEMS
,
4127 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MAC
,
4128 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PHY
,
4129 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_MCS_SET
,
4130 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_EHT_CAP_PPE
,
4133 __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST
,
4134 NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_MAX
= __NL80211_BAND_IFTYPE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST
- 1
4138 * enum nl80211_band_attr - band attributes
4139 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4140 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS: supported frequencies in this band,
4141 * an array of nested frequency attributes
4142 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES: supported bitrates in this band,
4143 * an array of nested bitrate attributes
4144 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET: 16-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
4145 * defined in 802.11n
4146 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA: HT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
4147 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR: A-MPDU factor, as in 11n
4148 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY: A-MPDU density, as in 11n
4149 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET: 32-byte attribute containing the MCS set as
4150 * defined in 802.11ac
4151 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA: VHT capabilities, as in the HT information IE
4152 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA: nested array attribute, with each entry using
4153 * attributes from &enum nl80211_band_iftype_attr
4154 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS: bitmap that indicates the 2.16 GHz
4155 * channel(s) that are allowed to be used for EDMG transmissions.
4156 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251.
4157 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG: Channel BW Configuration subfield encodes
4158 * the allowed channel bandwidth configurations.
4159 * Defined by IEEE P802.11ay/D4.0 section 9.4.2.251, Table 13.
4160 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_S1G_MCS_NSS_SET: S1G capabilities, supported S1G-MCS and NSS
4161 * set subfield, as in the S1G information IE, 5 bytes
4162 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_S1G_CAPA: S1G capabilities information subfield as in the
4163 * S1G information IE, 10 bytes
4164 * @NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX: highest band attribute currently defined
4165 * @__NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4167 enum nl80211_band_attr
{
4168 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_INVALID
,
4169 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_FREQS
,
4170 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_RATES
,
4172 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_MCS_SET
,
4173 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA
,
4174 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_FACTOR
,
4175 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_AMPDU_DENSITY
,
4177 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_MCS_SET
,
4178 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_VHT_CAPA
,
4179 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_IFTYPE_DATA
,
4181 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_CHANNELS
,
4182 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_EDMG_BW_CONFIG
,
4184 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_S1G_MCS_NSS_SET
,
4185 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_S1G_CAPA
,
4188 __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST
,
4189 NL80211_BAND_ATTR_MAX
= __NL80211_BAND_ATTR_AFTER_LAST
- 1
4192 #define NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA NL80211_BAND_ATTR_HT_CAPA
4195 * enum nl80211_wmm_rule - regulatory wmm rule
4197 * @__NL80211_WMMR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4198 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN: Minimum contention window slot.
4199 * @NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX: Maximum contention window slot.
4200 * @NL80211_WMMR_AIFSN: Arbitration Inter Frame Space.
4201 * @NL80211_WMMR_TXOP: Maximum allowed tx operation time.
4202 * @NL80211_WMMR_MAX: highest possible wmm rule.
4203 * @__NL80211_WMMR_LAST: Internal use.
4205 enum nl80211_wmm_rule
{
4206 __NL80211_WMMR_INVALID
,
4207 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MIN
,
4208 NL80211_WMMR_CW_MAX
,
4213 __NL80211_WMMR_LAST
,
4214 NL80211_WMMR_MAX
= __NL80211_WMMR_LAST
- 1
4218 * enum nl80211_frequency_attr - frequency attributes
4219 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4220 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ: Frequency in MHz
4221 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED: Channel is disabled in current
4222 * regulatory domain.
4223 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation
4224 * are permitted on this channel, this includes sending probe
4225 * requests, or modes of operation that require beaconing.
4226 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS: obsolete, same as _NO_IR
4227 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR: Radar detection is mandatory
4228 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4229 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER: Maximum transmission power in mBm
4231 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE: current state for DFS
4232 * (enum nl80211_dfs_state)
4233 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME: time in milliseconds for how long
4234 * this channel is in this DFS state.
4235 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS: HT40- isn't possible with this
4236 * channel as the control channel
4237 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS: HT40+ isn't possible with this
4238 * channel as the control channel
4239 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ: any 80 MHz channel using this channel
4240 * as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible,
4241 * this includes 80+80 channels
4242 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ: any 160 MHz (but not 80+80) channel
4243 * using this channel as the primary or any of the secondary channels
4245 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
4246 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY: Only indoor use is permitted on this
4247 * channel. A channel that has the INDOOR_ONLY attribute can only be
4248 * used when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating in
4249 * an indoor surroundings, i.e., it is connected to AC power (and not
4250 * through portable DC inverters) or is under the control of a master
4251 * that is acting as an AP and is connected to AC power.
4252 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT: IR operation is allowed on this
4253 * channel if it's connected concurrently to a BSS on the same channel on
4254 * the 2 GHz band or to a channel in the same UNII band (on the 5 GHz
4255 * band), and IEEE80211_CHAN_RADAR is not set. Instantiating a GO or TDLS
4256 * off-channel on a channel that has the IR_CONCURRENT attribute set can be
4257 * done when there is a clear assessment that the device is operating under
4258 * the guidance of an authorized master, i.e., setting up a GO or TDLS
4259 * off-channel while the device is also connected to an AP with DFS and
4260 * radar detection on the UNII band (it is up to user-space, i.e.,
4261 * wpa_supplicant to perform the required verifications). Using this
4262 * attribute for IR is disallowed for master interfaces (IBSS, AP).
4263 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ: 20 MHz operation is not allowed
4264 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4265 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ: 10 MHz operation is not allowed
4266 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4267 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM: this channel has wmm limitations.
4268 * This is a nested attribute that contains the wmm limitation per AC.
4269 * (see &enum nl80211_wmm_rule)
4270 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE: HE operation is not allowed on this channel
4271 * in current regulatory domain.
4272 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz
4273 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_1MHZ: 1 MHz operation is allowed
4274 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4275 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_2MHZ: 2 MHz operation is allowed
4276 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4277 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_4MHZ: 4 MHz operation is allowed
4278 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4279 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_8MHZ: 8 MHz operation is allowed
4280 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4281 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_16MHZ: 16 MHz operation is allowed
4282 * on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4283 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_320MHZ: any 320 MHz channel using this channel
4284 * as the primary or any of the secondary channels isn't possible
4285 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_EHT: EHT operation is not allowed on this channel
4286 * in current regulatory domain.
4287 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PSD: Power spectral density (in dBm) that
4288 * is allowed on this channel in current regulatory domain.
4289 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CONCURRENT: Operation on this channel is
4290 * allowed for peer-to-peer or adhoc communication under the control
4291 * of a DFS master which operates on the same channel (FCC-594280 D01
4292 * Section B.3). Should be used together with %NL80211_RRF_DFS only.
4293 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT: Client connection to VLP AP
4294 * not allowed using this channel
4295 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT: Client connection to AFC AP
4296 * not allowed using this channel
4297 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_CAN_MONITOR: This channel can be used in monitor
4298 * mode despite other (regulatory) restrictions, even if the channel is
4299 * otherwise completely disabled.
4300 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_ALLOW_6GHZ_VLP_AP: This channel can be used for a
4301 * very low power (VLP) AP, despite being NO_IR.
4302 * @NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX: highest frequency attribute number
4304 * @__NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4306 * See https://apps.fcc.gov/eas/comments/GetPublishedDocument.html?id=327&tn=528122
4307 * for more information on the FCC description of the relaxations allowed
4308 * by NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY and
4309 * NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT.
4311 enum nl80211_frequency_attr
{
4312 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INVALID
,
4313 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_FREQ
,
4314 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DISABLED
,
4315 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
,
4316 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS
,
4317 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_RADAR
,
4318 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER
,
4319 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_STATE
,
4320 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_TIME
,
4321 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_MINUS
,
4322 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HT40_PLUS
,
4323 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_80MHZ
,
4324 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_160MHZ
,
4325 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME
,
4326 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_INDOOR_ONLY
,
4327 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
,
4328 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_20MHZ
,
4329 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_10MHZ
,
4330 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_WMM
,
4331 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_HE
,
4332 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_OFFSET
,
4333 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_1MHZ
,
4334 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_2MHZ
,
4335 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_4MHZ
,
4336 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_8MHZ
,
4337 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_16MHZ
,
4338 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_320MHZ
,
4339 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_EHT
,
4340 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PSD
,
4341 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_DFS_CONCURRENT
,
4342 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT
,
4343 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT
,
4344 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_CAN_MONITOR
,
4345 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_ALLOW_6GHZ_VLP_AP
,
4348 __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST
,
4349 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX
= __NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_AFTER_LAST
- 1
4352 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_MAX_TX_POWER
4353 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
4354 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IBSS NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
4355 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_IR
4356 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_GO_CONCURRENT \
4357 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
4358 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_UHB_VLP_CLIENT \
4359 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT
4360 #define NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_UHB_AFC_CLIENT \
4361 NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT
4364 * enum nl80211_bitrate_attr - bitrate attributes
4365 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4366 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE: Bitrate in units of 100 kbps
4367 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE: Short preamble supported
4369 * @NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX: highest bitrate attribute number
4371 * @__NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4373 enum nl80211_bitrate_attr
{
4374 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_INVALID
,
4375 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_RATE
,
4376 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_2GHZ_SHORTPREAMBLE
,
4379 __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST
,
4380 NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_MAX
= __NL80211_BITRATE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST
- 1
4384 * enum nl80211_reg_initiator - Indicates the initiator of a reg domain request
4385 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE: Core queried CRDA for a dynamic world
4386 * regulatory domain.
4387 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER: User asked the wireless core to set the
4388 * regulatory domain.
4389 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER: a wireless drivers has hinted to the
4390 * wireless core it thinks its knows the regulatory domain we should be in.
4391 * @NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE: the wireless core has received an
4392 * 802.11 country information element with regulatory information it
4393 * thinks we should consider. cfg80211 only processes the country
4394 * code from the IE, and relies on the regulatory domain information
4395 * structure passed by userspace (CRDA) from our wireless-regdb.
4396 * If a channel is enabled but the country code indicates it should
4397 * be disabled we disable the channel and re-enable it upon disassociation.
4399 enum nl80211_reg_initiator
{
4400 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_CORE
,
4401 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_USER
,
4402 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_DRIVER
,
4403 NL80211_REGDOM_SET_BY_COUNTRY_IE
,
4407 * enum nl80211_reg_type - specifies the type of regulatory domain
4408 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY: the regulatory domain set is one that pertains
4409 * to a specific country. When this is set you can count on the
4410 * ISO / IEC 3166 alpha2 country code being valid.
4411 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD: the regulatory set domain is the world regulatory
4413 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD: the regulatory domain set is a custom
4414 * driver specific world regulatory domain. These do not apply system-wide
4415 * and are only applicable to the individual devices which have requested
4416 * them to be applied.
4417 * @NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION: the regulatory domain set is the product
4418 * of an intersection between two regulatory domains -- the previously
4419 * set regulatory domain on the system and the last accepted regulatory
4420 * domain request to be processed.
4422 enum nl80211_reg_type
{
4423 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_COUNTRY
,
4424 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_WORLD
,
4425 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_CUSTOM_WORLD
,
4426 NL80211_REGDOM_TYPE_INTERSECTION
,
4430 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr - regulatory rule attributes
4431 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4432 * @NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS: a set of flags which specify additional
4433 * considerations for a given frequency range. These are the
4434 * &enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags.
4435 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START: starting frequencry for the regulatory
4436 * rule in KHz. This is not a center of frequency but an actual regulatory
4438 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END: ending frequency for the regulatory rule
4439 * in KHz. This is not a center a frequency but an actual regulatory
4441 * @NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW: maximum allowed bandwidth for this
4442 * frequency range, in KHz.
4443 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN: the maximum allowed antenna gain
4444 * for a given frequency range. The value is in mBi (100 * dBi).
4445 * If you don't have one then don't send this.
4446 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP: the maximum allowed EIRP for
4447 * a given frequency range. The value is in mBm (100 * dBm).
4448 * @NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME: DFS CAC time in milliseconds.
4449 * If not present or 0 default CAC time will be used.
4450 * @NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_PSD: power spectral density (in dBm).
4451 * This could be negative.
4452 * @NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX: highest regulatory rule attribute number
4454 * @__NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4456 enum nl80211_reg_rule_attr
{
4457 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_INVALID
,
4458 NL80211_ATTR_REG_RULE_FLAGS
,
4460 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_START
,
4461 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_END
,
4462 NL80211_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE_MAX_BW
,
4464 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_ANT_GAIN
,
4465 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_MAX_EIRP
,
4467 NL80211_ATTR_DFS_CAC_TIME
,
4469 NL80211_ATTR_POWER_RULE_PSD
,
4472 __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST
,
4473 NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_MAX
= __NL80211_REG_RULE_ATTR_AFTER_LAST
- 1
4477 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr - scheduled scan match attributes
4478 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4479 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID: SSID to be used for matching,
4480 * only report BSS with matching SSID.
4481 * (This cannot be used together with BSSID.)
4482 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI: RSSI threshold (in dBm) for reporting a
4483 * BSS in scan results. Filtering is turned off if not specified. Note that
4484 * if this attribute is in a match set of its own, then it is treated as
4485 * the default value for all matchsets with an SSID, rather than being a
4486 * matchset of its own without an RSSI filter. This is due to problems with
4487 * how this API was implemented in the past. Also, due to the same problem,
4488 * the only way to create a matchset with only an RSSI filter (with this
4489 * attribute) is if there's only a single matchset with the RSSI attribute.
4490 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI: Flag indicating whether
4491 * %NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI to be used as absolute RSSI or
4492 * relative to current bss's RSSI.
4493 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
4494 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
4495 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
4496 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
4497 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID: BSSID to be used for matching
4498 * (this cannot be used together with SSID).
4499 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI: Obsolete
4500 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest scheduled scan filter
4501 * attribute number currently defined
4502 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4504 enum nl80211_sched_scan_match_attr
{
4505 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_INVALID
,
4507 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID
,
4508 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI
,
4509 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RELATIVE_RSSI
,
4510 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST
,
4511 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_BSSID
,
4512 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_PER_BAND_RSSI
, /* obsolete */
4515 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST
,
4516 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX
=
4517 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_AFTER_LAST
- 1
4520 /* only for backward compatibility */
4521 #define NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_SSID NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_MATCH_ATTR_SSID
4524 * enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags - regulatory rule flags
4526 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM: OFDM modulation not allowed
4527 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK: CCK modulation not allowed
4528 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR: indoor operation not allowed
4529 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR: outdoor operation not allowed
4530 * @NL80211_RRF_DFS: DFS support is required to be used
4531 * @NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Point links
4532 * @NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY: this is only for Point To Multi Point links
4533 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_IR: no mechanisms that initiate radiation are allowed,
4534 * this includes probe requests or modes of operation that require
4536 * @__NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS: obsolete, same as NO_IR
4537 * @NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW: maximum available bandwidth should be calculated
4538 * base on contiguous rules and wider channels will be allowed to cross
4539 * multiple contiguous/overlapping frequency ranges.
4540 * @NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT: See %NL80211_FREQUENCY_ATTR_IR_CONCURRENT
4541 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS: channels can't be used in HT40- operation
4542 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS: channels can't be used in HT40+ operation
4543 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ: 80MHz operation not allowed
4544 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ: 160MHz operation not allowed
4545 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_HE: HE operation not allowed
4546 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_320MHZ: 320MHz operation not allowed
4547 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_EHT: EHT operation not allowed
4548 * @NL80211_RRF_PSD: Ruleset has power spectral density value
4549 * @NL80211_RRF_DFS_CONCURRENT: Operation on this channel is allowed for
4550 * peer-to-peer or adhoc communication under the control of a DFS master
4551 * which operates on the same channel (FCC-594280 D01 Section B.3).
4552 * Should be used together with %NL80211_RRF_DFS only.
4553 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT: Client connection to VLP AP not allowed
4554 * @NL80211_RRF_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT: Client connection to AFC AP not allowed
4555 * @NL80211_RRF_ALLOW_6GHZ_VLP_AP: Very low power (VLP) AP can be permitted
4556 * despite NO_IR configuration.
4558 enum nl80211_reg_rule_flags
{
4559 NL80211_RRF_NO_OFDM
= 1<<0,
4560 NL80211_RRF_NO_CCK
= 1<<1,
4561 NL80211_RRF_NO_INDOOR
= 1<<2,
4562 NL80211_RRF_NO_OUTDOOR
= 1<<3,
4563 NL80211_RRF_DFS
= 1<<4,
4564 NL80211_RRF_PTP_ONLY
= 1<<5,
4565 NL80211_RRF_PTMP_ONLY
= 1<<6,
4566 NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
= 1<<7,
4567 __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS
= 1<<8,
4568 NL80211_RRF_AUTO_BW
= 1<<11,
4569 NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT
= 1<<12,
4570 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS
= 1<<13,
4571 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS
= 1<<14,
4572 NL80211_RRF_NO_80MHZ
= 1<<15,
4573 NL80211_RRF_NO_160MHZ
= 1<<16,
4574 NL80211_RRF_NO_HE
= 1<<17,
4575 NL80211_RRF_NO_320MHZ
= 1<<18,
4576 NL80211_RRF_NO_EHT
= 1<<19,
4577 NL80211_RRF_PSD
= 1<<20,
4578 NL80211_RRF_DFS_CONCURRENT
= 1<<21,
4579 NL80211_RRF_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT
= 1<<22,
4580 NL80211_RRF_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT
= 1<<23,
4581 NL80211_RRF_ALLOW_6GHZ_VLP_AP
= 1<<24,
4584 #define NL80211_RRF_PASSIVE_SCAN NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
4585 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
4586 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR NL80211_RRF_NO_IR
4587 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40 (NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40MINUS |\
4588 NL80211_RRF_NO_HT40PLUS)
4589 #define NL80211_RRF_GO_CONCURRENT NL80211_RRF_IR_CONCURRENT
4590 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_UHB_VLP_CLIENT NL80211_RRF_NO_6GHZ_VLP_CLIENT
4591 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_UHB_AFC_CLIENT NL80211_RRF_NO_6GHZ_AFC_CLIENT
4593 /* For backport compatibility with older userspace */
4594 #define NL80211_RRF_NO_IR_ALL (NL80211_RRF_NO_IR | __NL80211_RRF_NO_IBSS)
4597 * enum nl80211_dfs_regions - regulatory DFS regions
4599 * @NL80211_DFS_UNSET: Country has no DFS master region specified
4600 * @NL80211_DFS_FCC: Country follows DFS master rules from FCC
4601 * @NL80211_DFS_ETSI: Country follows DFS master rules from ETSI
4602 * @NL80211_DFS_JP: Country follows DFS master rules from JP/MKK/Telec
4604 enum nl80211_dfs_regions
{
4605 NL80211_DFS_UNSET
= 0,
4606 NL80211_DFS_FCC
= 1,
4607 NL80211_DFS_ETSI
= 2,
4612 * enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type - type of user regulatory hint
4614 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER: a user sent the hint. This is always
4615 * assumed if the attribute is not set.
4616 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE: the hint comes from a cellular
4617 * base station. Device drivers that have been tested to work
4618 * properly to support this type of hint can enable these hints
4619 * by setting the NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS feature
4620 * capability on the struct wiphy. The wireless core will
4621 * ignore all cell base station hints until at least one device
4622 * present has been registered with the wireless core that
4623 * has listed NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS as a
4624 * supported feature.
4625 * @NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR: a user sent an hint indicating that the
4626 * platform is operating in an indoor environment.
4628 enum nl80211_user_reg_hint_type
{
4629 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_USER
= 0,
4630 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_CELL_BASE
= 1,
4631 NL80211_USER_REG_HINT_INDOOR
= 2,
4635 * enum nl80211_survey_info - survey information
4637 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_SURVEY_INFO
4638 * when getting information about a survey.
4640 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
4641 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY: center frequency of channel
4642 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE: noise level of channel (u8, dBm)
4643 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE: channel is currently being used
4644 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME: amount of time (in ms) that the radio
4645 * was turned on (on channel or globally)
4646 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY: amount of the time the primary
4647 * channel was sensed busy (either due to activity or energy detect)
4648 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY: amount of time the extension
4649 * channel was sensed busy
4650 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX: amount of time the radio spent
4651 * receiving data (on channel or globally)
4652 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX: amount of time the radio spent
4653 * transmitting data (on channel or globally)
4654 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN: time the radio spent for scan
4655 * (on this channel or globally)
4656 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
4657 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX: amount of time the radio spent
4658 * receiving frames destined to the local BSS
4659 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX: highest survey info attribute number
4661 * @NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: center frequency offset in KHz
4662 * @__NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4664 enum nl80211_survey_info
{
4665 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_INVALID
,
4666 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY
,
4667 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_NOISE
,
4668 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_IN_USE
,
4669 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME
,
4670 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY
,
4671 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY
,
4672 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX
,
4673 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX
,
4674 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_SCAN
,
4675 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_PAD
,
4676 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BSS_RX
,
4677 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_FREQUENCY_OFFSET
,
4680 __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST
,
4681 NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_MAX
= __NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_AFTER_LAST
- 1
4684 /* keep old names for compatibility */
4685 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME
4686 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_BUSY
4687 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_EXT_BUSY NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_EXT_BUSY
4688 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_RX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_RX
4689 #define NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_CHANNEL_TIME_TX NL80211_SURVEY_INFO_TIME_TX
4692 * enum nl80211_mntr_flags - monitor configuration flags
4694 * Monitor configuration flags.
4696 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID: reserved
4698 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL: pass frames with bad FCS
4699 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with bad PLCP
4700 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL: pass control frames
4701 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS: disable BSSID filtering
4702 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES: report frames after processing.
4703 * overrides all other flags.
4704 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE: use the configured MAC address
4705 * and ACK incoming unicast packets.
4706 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_SKIP_TX: do not pass local tx packets
4708 * @__NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4709 * @NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX: highest possible monitor flag
4711 enum nl80211_mntr_flags
{
4712 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_INVALID
,
4713 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_FCSFAIL
,
4714 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_PLCPFAIL
,
4715 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_CONTROL
,
4716 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_OTHER_BSS
,
4717 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_COOK_FRAMES
,
4718 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_ACTIVE
,
4719 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_SKIP_TX
,
4722 __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST
,
4723 NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_MAX
= __NL80211_MNTR_FLAG_AFTER_LAST
- 1
4727 * enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode - mesh power save modes
4729 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN: The mesh power mode of the mesh STA is
4730 * not known or has not been set yet.
4731 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE: Active mesh power mode. The mesh STA is
4732 * in Awake state all the time.
4733 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP: Light sleep mode. The mesh STA will
4734 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but will wake up for
4735 * neighbor's beacons.
4736 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP: Deep sleep mode. The mesh STA will
4737 * alternate between Active and Doze states, but may not wake up
4738 * for neighbor's beacons.
4740 * @__NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4741 * @NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX: highest possible power save level
4744 enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode
{
4745 NL80211_MESH_POWER_UNKNOWN
,
4746 NL80211_MESH_POWER_ACTIVE
,
4747 NL80211_MESH_POWER_LIGHT_SLEEP
,
4748 NL80211_MESH_POWER_DEEP_SLEEP
,
4750 __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST
,
4751 NL80211_MESH_POWER_MAX
= __NL80211_MESH_POWER_AFTER_LAST
- 1
4755 * enum nl80211_meshconf_params - mesh configuration parameters
4757 * Mesh configuration parameters. These can be changed while the mesh is
4760 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID: internal use
4762 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial retry timeout in
4763 * millisecond units, used by the Peer Link Open message
4765 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT: specifies the initial confirm timeout, in
4766 * millisecond units, used by the peer link management to close a peer link
4768 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT: specifies the holding timeout, in
4771 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS: maximum number of peer links allowed
4772 * on this mesh interface
4774 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES: specifies the maximum number of peer link
4775 * open retries that can be sent to establish a new peer link instance in a
4778 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a source mesh
4781 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS: whether we should automatically open
4782 * peer links when we detect compatible mesh peers. Disabled if
4783 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM or @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE are
4786 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES: the number of action frames
4787 * containing a PREQ that an MP can send to a particular destination (path
4790 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME: how frequently to refresh mesh paths
4793 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT: minimum length of time to wait
4794 * until giving up on a path discovery (in milliseconds)
4796 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for which mesh
4797 * points receiving a PREQ shall consider the forwarding information from
4798 * the root to be valid. (TU = time unit)
4800 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
4801 * TUs) during which an MP can send only one action frame containing a PREQ
4804 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME: The interval of time (in TUs)
4805 * that it takes for an HWMP information element to propagate across the
4808 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE: whether root mode is enabled or not
4810 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL: specifies the value of TTL field set at a
4811 * source mesh point for path selection elements.
4813 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
4814 * root announcements are transmitted.
4816 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS: Advertise that this mesh station has
4817 * access to a broader network beyond the MBSS. This is done via Root
4818 * Announcement frames.
4820 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time (in
4821 * TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame containing a
4824 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING: set Mesh STA as forwarding or non-forwarding
4825 * or forwarding entity (default is TRUE - forwarding entity)
4827 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This specifies the
4828 * threshold for average signal strength of candidate station to establish
4831 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR: maximum number of neighbors
4832 * to synchronize to for 11s default synchronization method
4835 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE: set mesh HT protection mode.
4837 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh configuration attribute
4839 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT: The time (in TUs) for
4840 * which mesh STAs receiving a proactive PREQ shall consider the forwarding
4841 * information to the root mesh STA to be valid.
4843 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL: The interval of time (in TUs) between
4844 * proactive PREQs are transmitted.
4846 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL: The minimum interval of time
4847 * (in TUs) during which a mesh STA can send only one Action frame
4848 * containing a PREQ element for root path confirmation.
4850 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE: Default mesh power mode for new peer links.
4851 * type &enum nl80211_mesh_power_mode (u32)
4853 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW: awake window duration (in TUs)
4855 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT: If no tx activity is seen from a STA we've
4856 * established peering with for longer than this time (in seconds), then
4857 * remove it from the STA's list of peers. You may set this to 0 to disable
4858 * the removal of the STA. Default is 30 minutes.
4860 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE: If set to true then this mesh STA
4861 * will advertise that it is connected to a gate in the mesh formation
4862 * field. If left unset then the mesh formation field will only
4863 * advertise such if there is an active root mesh path.
4865 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN: Try to avoid multi-hop path discovery (e.g.
4866 * PREQ/PREP for HWMP) if the destination is a direct neighbor. Note that
4867 * this might not be the optimal decision as a multi-hop route might be
4868 * better. So if using this setting you will likely also want to disable
4869 * dot11MeshForwarding and use another mesh routing protocol on top.
4871 * @NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS: If set to true then this mesh STA
4872 * will advertise that it is connected to a authentication server
4873 * in the mesh formation field.
4875 * @__NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use
4877 enum nl80211_meshconf_params
{
4878 __NL80211_MESHCONF_INVALID
,
4879 NL80211_MESHCONF_RETRY_TIMEOUT
,
4880 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONFIRM_TIMEOUT
,
4881 NL80211_MESHCONF_HOLDING_TIMEOUT
,
4882 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_PEER_LINKS
,
4883 NL80211_MESHCONF_MAX_RETRIES
,
4884 NL80211_MESHCONF_TTL
,
4885 NL80211_MESHCONF_AUTO_OPEN_PLINKS
,
4886 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_MAX_PREQ_RETRIES
,
4887 NL80211_MESHCONF_PATH_REFRESH_TIME
,
4888 NL80211_MESHCONF_MIN_DISCOVERY_TIMEOUT
,
4889 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ACTIVE_PATH_TIMEOUT
,
4890 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PREQ_MIN_INTERVAL
,
4891 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_NET_DIAM_TRVS_TIME
,
4892 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOTMODE
,
4893 NL80211_MESHCONF_ELEMENT_TTL
,
4894 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_RANN_INTERVAL
,
4895 NL80211_MESHCONF_GATE_ANNOUNCEMENTS
,
4896 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PERR_MIN_INTERVAL
,
4897 NL80211_MESHCONF_FORWARDING
,
4898 NL80211_MESHCONF_RSSI_THRESHOLD
,
4899 NL80211_MESHCONF_SYNC_OFFSET_MAX_NEIGHBOR
,
4900 NL80211_MESHCONF_HT_OPMODE
,
4901 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_PATH_TO_ROOT_TIMEOUT
,
4902 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_ROOT_INTERVAL
,
4903 NL80211_MESHCONF_HWMP_CONFIRMATION_INTERVAL
,
4904 NL80211_MESHCONF_POWER_MODE
,
4905 NL80211_MESHCONF_AWAKE_WINDOW
,
4906 NL80211_MESHCONF_PLINK_TIMEOUT
,
4907 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_GATE
,
4908 NL80211_MESHCONF_NOLEARN
,
4909 NL80211_MESHCONF_CONNECTED_TO_AS
,
4912 __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST
,
4913 NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_MAX
= __NL80211_MESHCONF_ATTR_AFTER_LAST
- 1
4917 * enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params - mesh setup parameters
4919 * Mesh setup parameters. These are used to start/join a mesh and cannot be
4920 * changed while the mesh is active.
4922 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID: Internal use
4924 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL: Enable this option to use a
4925 * vendor specific path selection algorithm or disable it to use the
4928 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC: Enable this option to use a
4929 * vendor specific path metric or disable it to use the default Airtime
4932 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE: Information elements for this mesh, for instance, a
4933 * robust security network ie, or a vendor specific information element
4934 * that vendors will use to identify the path selection methods and
4937 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH: Enable this option if an authentication
4938 * daemon will be authenticating mesh candidates.
4940 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE: Enable this option if an authentication
4941 * daemon will be securing peer link frames. AMPE is a secured version of
4942 * Mesh Peering Management (MPM) and is implemented with the assistance of
4943 * a userspace daemon. When this flag is set, the kernel will send peer
4944 * management frames to a userspace daemon that will implement AMPE
4945 * functionality (security capabilities selection, key confirmation, and
4946 * key management). When the flag is unset (default), the kernel can
4947 * autonomously complete (unsecured) mesh peering without the need of a
4950 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC: Enable this option to use a
4951 * vendor specific synchronization method or disable it to use the default
4952 * neighbor offset synchronization
4954 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM: Enable this option if userspace will
4955 * implement an MPM which handles peer allocation and state.
4957 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL: Inform the kernel of the authentication
4958 * method (u8, as defined in IEEE 8.4.2.100.6, e.g. 0x1 for SAE).
4959 * Default is no authentication method required.
4961 * @NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX: highest possible mesh setup attribute number
4963 * @__NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal use
4965 enum nl80211_mesh_setup_params
{
4966 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_INVALID
,
4967 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_PATH_SEL
,
4968 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_METRIC
,
4969 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_IE
,
4970 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AUTH
,
4971 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_AMPE
,
4972 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ENABLE_VENDOR_SYNC
,
4973 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_USERSPACE_MPM
,
4974 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_AUTH_PROTOCOL
,
4977 __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST
,
4978 NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_MAX
= __NL80211_MESH_SETUP_ATTR_AFTER_LAST
- 1
4982 * enum nl80211_txq_attr - TX queue parameter attributes
4983 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID: Attribute number 0 is reserved
4984 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC: AC identifier (NL80211_AC_*)
4985 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP: Maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning
4987 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN: Minimum contention window [a value of the form
4988 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
4989 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX: Maximum contention window [a value of the form
4990 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
4991 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS: Arbitration interframe space [0..255]
4992 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
4993 * @NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX: Maximum TXQ attribute number
4995 enum nl80211_txq_attr
{
4996 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_INVALID
,
4997 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC
,
4998 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_TXOP
,
4999 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMIN
,
5000 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_CWMAX
,
5001 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AIFS
,
5004 __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST
,
5005 NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_MAX
= __NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST
- 1
5016 /* backward compat */
5017 #define NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_QUEUE NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AC
5018 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VO NL80211_AC_VO
5019 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_VI NL80211_AC_VI
5020 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BE NL80211_AC_BE
5021 #define NL80211_TXQ_Q_BK NL80211_AC_BK
5024 * enum nl80211_channel_type - channel type
5025 * @NL80211_CHAN_NO_HT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
5026 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT20: 20 MHz HT channel
5027 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
5028 * below the control channel
5029 * @NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS: HT40 channel, secondary channel
5030 * above the control channel
5032 enum nl80211_channel_type
{
5035 NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS
,
5036 NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS
5040 * enum nl80211_key_mode - Key mode
5042 * @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX: (Default)
5043 * Key can be used for Rx and Tx immediately
5045 * The following modes can only be selected for unicast keys and when the
5046 * driver supports @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID:
5048 * @NL80211_KEY_NO_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_NEW_KEY:
5049 * Unicast key can only be used for Rx, Tx not allowed, yet
5050 * @NL80211_KEY_SET_TX: Only allowed in combination with @NL80211_CMD_SET_KEY:
5051 * The unicast key identified by idx and mac is cleared for Tx and becomes
5052 * the preferred Tx key for the station.
5054 enum nl80211_key_mode
{
5061 * enum nl80211_chan_width - channel width definitions
5063 * These values are used with the %NL80211_ATTR_CHANNEL_WIDTH
5066 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT: 20 MHz, non-HT channel
5067 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20: 20 MHz HT channel
5068 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40: 40 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
5069 * attribute must be provided as well
5070 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80: 80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
5071 * attribute must be provided as well
5072 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80: 80+80 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
5073 * and %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ2 attributes must be provided as well
5074 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160: 160 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
5075 * attribute must be provided as well
5076 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5: 5 MHz OFDM channel
5077 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10: 10 MHz OFDM channel
5078 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1: 1 MHz OFDM channel
5079 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2: 2 MHz OFDM channel
5080 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4: 4 MHz OFDM channel
5081 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8: 8 MHz OFDM channel
5082 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16: 16 MHz OFDM channel
5083 * @NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_320: 320 MHz channel, the %NL80211_ATTR_CENTER_FREQ1
5084 * attribute must be provided as well
5086 enum nl80211_chan_width
{
5087 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT
,
5088 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20
,
5089 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40
,
5090 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80
,
5091 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_80P80
,
5092 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_160
,
5093 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5
,
5094 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10
,
5095 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_1
,
5096 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_2
,
5097 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_4
,
5098 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_8
,
5099 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_16
,
5100 NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_320
,
5104 * enum nl80211_bss_scan_width - control channel width for a BSS
5106 * These values are used with the %NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH attribute.
5108 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20: control channel is 20 MHz wide or compatible
5109 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10: control channel is 10 MHz wide
5110 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5: control channel is 5 MHz wide
5111 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1: control channel is 1 MHz wide
5112 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2: control channel is 2 MHz wide
5114 enum nl80211_bss_scan_width
{
5115 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_20
,
5116 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_10
,
5117 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_5
,
5118 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_1
,
5119 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH_2
,
5123 * enum nl80211_bss_use_for - bitmap indicating possible BSS use
5124 * @NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL: Use this BSS for normal "connection",
5125 * including IBSS/MBSS depending on the type.
5126 * @NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_MLD_LINK: This BSS can be used as a link in an
5127 * MLO connection. Note that for an MLO connection, all links including
5128 * the assoc link must have this flag set, and the assoc link must
5129 * additionally have %NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL set.
5131 enum nl80211_bss_use_for
{
5132 NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_NORMAL
= 1 << 0,
5133 NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR_MLD_LINK
= 1 << 1,
5137 * enum nl80211_bss_cannot_use_reasons - reason(s) connection to a
5138 * BSS isn't possible
5139 * @NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_NSTR_NONPRIMARY: NSTR nonprimary links aren't
5140 * supported by the device, and this BSS entry represents one.
5141 * @NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_6GHZ_PWR_MISMATCH: STA is not supporting
5142 * the AP power type (SP, VLP, AP) that the AP uses.
5144 enum nl80211_bss_cannot_use_reasons
{
5145 NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_NSTR_NONPRIMARY
= 1 << 0,
5146 NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_6GHZ_PWR_MISMATCH
= 1 << 1,
5149 #define NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_UHB_PWR_MISMATCH \
5150 NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_6GHZ_PWR_MISMATCH
5153 * enum nl80211_bss - netlink attributes for a BSS
5155 * @__NL80211_BSS_INVALID: invalid
5156 * @NL80211_BSS_BSSID: BSSID of the BSS (6 octets)
5157 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY: frequency in MHz (u32)
5158 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF: TSF of the received probe response/beacon (u64)
5159 * (if @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA is present then this is known to be
5160 * from a probe response, otherwise it may be from the same beacon
5161 * that the NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF will be from)
5162 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL: beacon interval of the (I)BSS (u16)
5163 * @NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY: capability field (CPU order, u16)
5164 * @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS: binary attribute containing the
5165 * raw information elements from the probe response/beacon (bin);
5166 * if the %NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES attribute is present and the data is
5167 * different then the IEs here are from a Probe Response frame; otherwise
5168 * they are from a Beacon frame.
5169 * However, if the driver does not indicate the source of the IEs, these
5170 * IEs may be from either frame subtype.
5171 * If present, the @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA attribute indicates that the
5172 * data here is known to be from a probe response, without any heuristics.
5173 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM: signal strength of probe response/beacon
5174 * in mBm (100 * dBm) (s32)
5175 * @NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC: signal strength of the probe response/beacon
5176 * in unspecified units, scaled to 0..100 (u8)
5177 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS: status, if this BSS is "used"
5178 * @NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO: age of this BSS entry in ms
5179 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES: binary attribute containing the raw information
5180 * elements from a Beacon frame (bin); not present if no Beacon frame has
5182 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH: channel width of the control channel
5183 * (u32, enum nl80211_bss_scan_width) - No longer used!
5184 * @NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF: TSF of the last received beacon (u64)
5185 * (not present if no beacon frame has been received yet)
5186 * @NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA: the data in @NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS and
5187 * @NL80211_BSS_TSF is known to be from a probe response (flag attribute)
5188 * @NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp when this entry
5189 * was last updated by a received frame. The value is expected to be
5190 * accurate to about 10ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
5191 * @NL80211_BSS_PAD: attribute used for padding for 64-bit alignment
5192 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF: the time at the start of reception of the first
5193 * octet of the timestamp field of the last beacon/probe received for
5194 * this BSS. The time is the TSF of the BSS specified by
5195 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID. (u64).
5196 * @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID: the BSS according to which @NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF
5198 * @NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL: per-chain signal strength of last BSS update.
5199 * Contains a nested array of signal strength attributes (u8, dBm),
5200 * using the nesting index as the antenna number.
5201 * @NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET: frequency offset in KHz
5202 * @NL80211_BSS_MLO_LINK_ID: MLO link ID of the BSS (u8).
5203 * @NL80211_BSS_MLD_ADDR: MLD address of this BSS if connected to it.
5204 * @NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR: u32 bitmap attribute indicating what the BSS can be
5205 * used for, see &enum nl80211_bss_use_for.
5206 * @NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_REASONS: Indicates the reason that this BSS cannot
5207 * be used for all or some of the possible uses by the device reporting it,
5208 * even though its presence was detected.
5209 * This is a u64 attribute containing a bitmap of values from
5210 * &enum nl80211_cannot_use_reasons, note that the attribute may be missing
5211 * if no reasons are specified.
5212 * @__NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST: internal
5213 * @NL80211_BSS_MAX: highest BSS attribute
5216 __NL80211_BSS_INVALID
,
5218 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY
,
5220 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_INTERVAL
,
5221 NL80211_BSS_CAPABILITY
,
5222 NL80211_BSS_INFORMATION_ELEMENTS
,
5223 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_MBM
,
5224 NL80211_BSS_SIGNAL_UNSPEC
,
5226 NL80211_BSS_SEEN_MS_AGO
,
5227 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_IES
,
5228 NL80211_BSS_CHAN_WIDTH
,
5229 NL80211_BSS_BEACON_TSF
,
5230 NL80211_BSS_PRESP_DATA
,
5231 NL80211_BSS_LAST_SEEN_BOOTTIME
,
5233 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_TSF
,
5234 NL80211_BSS_PARENT_BSSID
,
5235 NL80211_BSS_CHAIN_SIGNAL
,
5236 NL80211_BSS_FREQUENCY_OFFSET
,
5237 NL80211_BSS_MLO_LINK_ID
,
5238 NL80211_BSS_MLD_ADDR
,
5239 NL80211_BSS_USE_FOR
,
5240 NL80211_BSS_CANNOT_USE_REASONS
,
5243 __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST
,
5244 NL80211_BSS_MAX
= __NL80211_BSS_AFTER_LAST
- 1
5248 * enum nl80211_bss_status - BSS "status"
5249 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED: Authenticated with this BSS.
5250 * Note that this is no longer used since cfg80211 no longer
5251 * keeps track of whether or not authentication was done with
5253 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED: Associated with this BSS.
5254 * @NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED: Joined to this IBSS.
5256 * The BSS status is a BSS attribute in scan dumps, which
5257 * indicates the status the interface has wrt. this BSS.
5259 enum nl80211_bss_status
{
5260 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_AUTHENTICATED
,
5261 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_ASSOCIATED
,
5262 NL80211_BSS_STATUS_IBSS_JOINED
,
5266 * enum nl80211_auth_type - AuthenticationType
5268 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM: Open System authentication
5269 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY: Shared Key authentication (WEP only)
5270 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT: Fast BSS Transition (IEEE 802.11r)
5271 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP: Network EAP (some Cisco APs and mainly LEAP)
5272 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE: Simultaneous authentication of equals
5273 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key
5274 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS: Fast Initial Link Setup shared key with PFS
5275 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK: Fast Initial Link Setup public key
5276 * @__NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM: internal
5277 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX: maximum valid auth algorithm
5278 * @NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC: determine automatically (if necessary by
5279 * trying multiple times); this is invalid in netlink -- leave out
5280 * the attribute for this on CONNECT commands.
5282 enum nl80211_auth_type
{
5283 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_OPEN_SYSTEM
,
5284 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SHARED_KEY
,
5285 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FT
,
5286 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NETWORK_EAP
,
5287 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_SAE
,
5288 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK
,
5289 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_SK_PFS
,
5290 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_FILS_PK
,
5293 __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM
,
5294 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_MAX
= __NL80211_AUTHTYPE_NUM
- 1,
5295 NL80211_AUTHTYPE_AUTOMATIC
5299 * enum nl80211_key_type - Key Type
5300 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP: Group (broadcast/multicast) key
5301 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE: Pairwise (unicast/individual) key
5302 * @NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY: PeerKey (DLS)
5303 * @NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES: number of defined key types
5305 enum nl80211_key_type
{
5306 NL80211_KEYTYPE_GROUP
,
5307 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PAIRWISE
,
5308 NL80211_KEYTYPE_PEERKEY
,
5310 NUM_NL80211_KEYTYPES
5314 * enum nl80211_mfp - Management frame protection state
5315 * @NL80211_MFP_NO: Management frame protection not used
5316 * @NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED: Management frame protection required
5317 * @NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL: Management frame protection is optional
5321 NL80211_MFP_REQUIRED
,
5322 NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL
,
5325 enum nl80211_wpa_versions
{
5326 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_1
= 1 << 0,
5327 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_2
= 1 << 1,
5328 NL80211_WPA_VERSION_3
= 1 << 2,
5332 * enum nl80211_key_default_types - key default types
5333 * @__NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID: invalid
5334 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST: key should be used as default
5336 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST: key should be used as default
5338 * @NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: number of default types
5340 enum nl80211_key_default_types
{
5341 __NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_INVALID
,
5342 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_UNICAST
,
5343 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPE_MULTICAST
,
5345 NUM_NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES
5349 * enum nl80211_key_attributes - key attributes
5350 * @__NL80211_KEY_INVALID: invalid
5351 * @NL80211_KEY_DATA: (temporal) key data; for TKIP this consists of
5352 * 16 bytes encryption key followed by 8 bytes each for TX and RX MIC
5354 * @NL80211_KEY_IDX: key ID (u8, 0-3)
5355 * @NL80211_KEY_CIPHER: key cipher suite (u32, as defined by IEEE 802.11
5356 * section 7.3.2.25.1, e.g. 0x000FAC04)
5357 * @NL80211_KEY_SEQ: transmit key sequence number (IV/PN) for TKIP and
5358 * CCMP keys, each six bytes in little endian
5359 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT: flag indicating default key
5360 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT: flag indicating default management key
5361 * @NL80211_KEY_TYPE: the key type from enum nl80211_key_type, if not
5362 * specified the default depends on whether a MAC address was
5363 * given with the command using the key or not (u32)
5364 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES: A nested attribute containing flags
5365 * attributes, specifying what a key should be set as default as.
5366 * See &enum nl80211_key_default_types.
5367 * @NL80211_KEY_MODE: the mode from enum nl80211_key_mode.
5368 * Defaults to @NL80211_KEY_RX_TX.
5369 * @NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON: flag indicating default Beacon frame key
5371 * @__NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST: internal
5372 * @NL80211_KEY_MAX: highest key attribute
5374 enum nl80211_key_attributes
{
5375 __NL80211_KEY_INVALID
,
5380 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT
,
5381 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_MGMT
,
5383 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_TYPES
,
5385 NL80211_KEY_DEFAULT_BEACON
,
5388 __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST
,
5389 NL80211_KEY_MAX
= __NL80211_KEY_AFTER_LAST
- 1
5393 * enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes - TX rate set attributes
5394 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID: invalid
5395 * @NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY: Legacy (non-MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
5396 * in an array of rates as defined in IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.2 (u8 values with
5397 * 1 = 500 kbps) but without the IE length restriction (at most
5398 * %NL80211_MAX_SUPP_RATES in a single array).
5399 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HT: HT (MCS) rates allowed for TX rate selection
5400 * in an array of MCS numbers.
5401 * @NL80211_TXRATE_VHT: VHT rates allowed for TX rate selection,
5402 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_vht
5403 * @NL80211_TXRATE_GI: configure GI, see &enum nl80211_txrate_gi
5404 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE: HE rates allowed for TX rate selection,
5405 * see &struct nl80211_txrate_he
5406 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI: configure HE GI, 0.8us, 1.6us and 3.2us.
5407 * @NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF: configure HE LTF, 1XLTF, 2XLTF and 4XLTF.
5408 * @__NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST: internal
5409 * @NL80211_TXRATE_MAX: highest TX rate attribute
5411 enum nl80211_tx_rate_attributes
{
5412 __NL80211_TXRATE_INVALID
,
5413 NL80211_TXRATE_LEGACY
,
5418 NL80211_TXRATE_HE_GI
,
5419 NL80211_TXRATE_HE_LTF
,
5422 __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST
,
5423 NL80211_TXRATE_MAX
= __NL80211_TXRATE_AFTER_LAST
- 1
5426 #define NL80211_TXRATE_MCS NL80211_TXRATE_HT
5427 #define NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX 8
5430 * struct nl80211_txrate_vht - VHT MCS/NSS txrate bitmap
5431 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.)
5433 struct nl80211_txrate_vht
{
5434 __u16 mcs
[NL80211_VHT_NSS_MAX
];
5437 #define NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX 8
5439 * struct nl80211_txrate_he - HE MCS/NSS txrate bitmap
5440 * @mcs: MCS bitmap table for each NSS (array index 0 for 1 stream, etc.)
5442 struct nl80211_txrate_he
{
5443 __u16 mcs
[NL80211_HE_NSS_MAX
];
5446 enum nl80211_txrate_gi
{
5447 NL80211_TXRATE_DEFAULT_GI
,
5448 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_SGI
,
5449 NL80211_TXRATE_FORCE_LGI
,
5453 * enum nl80211_band - Frequency band
5454 * @NL80211_BAND_2GHZ: 2.4 GHz ISM band
5455 * @NL80211_BAND_5GHZ: around 5 GHz band (4.9 - 5.7 GHz)
5456 * @NL80211_BAND_60GHZ: around 60 GHz band (58.32 - 69.12 GHz)
5457 * @NL80211_BAND_6GHZ: around 6 GHz band (5.9 - 7.2 GHz)
5458 * @NL80211_BAND_S1GHZ: around 900MHz, supported by S1G PHYs
5459 * @NL80211_BAND_LC: light communication band (placeholder)
5460 * @NUM_NL80211_BANDS: number of bands, avoid using this in userspace
5461 * since newer kernel versions may support more bands
5475 * enum nl80211_ps_state - powersave state
5476 * @NL80211_PS_DISABLED: powersave is disabled
5477 * @NL80211_PS_ENABLED: powersave is enabled
5479 enum nl80211_ps_state
{
5480 NL80211_PS_DISABLED
,
5485 * enum nl80211_attr_cqm - connection quality monitor attributes
5486 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID: invalid
5487 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD: RSSI threshold in dBm. This value specifies
5488 * the threshold for the RSSI level at which an event will be sent. Zero
5489 * to disable. Alternatively, if %NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST is
5490 * set, multiple values can be supplied as a low-to-high sorted array of
5491 * threshold values in dBm. Events will be sent when the RSSI value
5492 * crosses any of the thresholds.
5493 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST: RSSI hysteresis in dBm. This value specifies
5494 * the minimum amount the RSSI level must change after an event before a
5495 * new event may be issued (to reduce effects of RSSI oscillation).
5496 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT: RSSI threshold event
5497 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT: a u32 value indicating that this many
5498 * consecutive packets were not acknowledged by the peer
5499 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE: TX error rate in %. Minimum % of TX failures
5500 * during the given %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before an
5501 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM with reported %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE and
5502 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS is generated.
5503 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS: number of attempted packets in a given
5504 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL before %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE is
5506 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL: interval in seconds. Specifies the periodic
5507 * interval in which %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS and
5508 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE must be satisfied before generating an
5509 * %NL80211_CMD_NOTIFY_CQM. Set to 0 to turn off TX error reporting.
5510 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: flag attribute that's set in a beacon
5512 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL: the RSSI value in dBm that triggered the
5513 * RSSI threshold event.
5514 * @__NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST: internal
5515 * @NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX: highest key attribute
5517 enum nl80211_attr_cqm
{
5518 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_INVALID
,
5519 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD
,
5520 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_HYST
,
5521 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT
,
5522 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_PKT_LOSS_EVENT
,
5523 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_RATE
,
5524 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_PKTS
,
5525 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_TXE_INTVL
,
5526 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT
,
5527 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_LEVEL
,
5530 __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST
,
5531 NL80211_ATTR_CQM_MAX
= __NL80211_ATTR_CQM_AFTER_LAST
- 1
5535 * enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event - RSSI threshold event
5536 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW: The RSSI level is lower than the
5537 * configured threshold
5538 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH: The RSSI is higher than the
5539 * configured threshold
5540 * @NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT: (reserved, never sent)
5542 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event
{
5543 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_LOW
,
5544 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_THRESHOLD_EVENT_HIGH
,
5545 NL80211_CQM_RSSI_BEACON_LOSS_EVENT
,
5550 * enum nl80211_tx_power_setting - TX power adjustment
5551 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine transmit power
5552 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED: limit TX power by the mBm parameter
5553 * @NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED: fix TX power to the mBm parameter
5555 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting
{
5556 NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC
,
5557 NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED
,
5558 NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED
,
5562 * enum nl80211_tid_config - TID config state
5563 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE: Enable config for the TID
5564 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE: Disable config for the TID
5566 enum nl80211_tid_config
{
5567 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ENABLE
,
5568 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_DISABLE
,
5571 /* enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting - TX rate configuration type
5572 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC: automatically determine TX rate
5573 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED: limit the TX rate by the TX rate parameter
5574 * @NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED: fix TX rate to the TX rate parameter
5576 enum nl80211_tx_rate_setting
{
5577 NL80211_TX_RATE_AUTOMATIC
,
5578 NL80211_TX_RATE_LIMITED
,
5579 NL80211_TX_RATE_FIXED
,
5582 /* enum nl80211_tid_config_attr - TID specific configuration.
5583 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD: pad attribute for 64-bit values
5584 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP: a bitmap (u64) of attributes supported
5585 * for per-vif configuration; doesn't list the ones that are generic
5586 * (%NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS, %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE).
5587 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP: same as the previous per-vif one, but
5589 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE: flag attribute, if set indicates
5590 * that the new configuration overrides all previous peer
5591 * configurations, otherwise previous peer specific configurations
5592 * should be left untouched.
5593 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS: a bitmask value of TIDs (bit 0 to 7)
5595 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK: Configure ack policy for the TID.
5596 * specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TID. see %enum nl80211_tid_config.
5598 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT: Number of retries used with data frame
5599 * transmission, user-space sets this configuration in
5600 * &NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. It is u8 type, min value is 1 and
5601 * the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on
5602 * output in wiphy capabilities.
5603 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG: Number of retries used with data frame
5604 * transmission, user-space sets this configuration in
5605 * &NL80211_CMD_SET_TID_CONFIG. Its type is u8, min value is 1 and
5606 * the max value is advertised by the driver in this attribute on
5607 * output in wiphy capabilities.
5608 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MPDU aggregation
5609 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS.
5610 * Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config.
5611 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL: Enable/Disable RTS_CTS for the TIDs
5612 * specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. It is u8 type, using
5613 * the values from &nl80211_tid_config.
5614 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL: Enable/Disable MSDU aggregation
5615 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS.
5616 * Its type is u8, using the values from &nl80211_tid_config.
5617 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE: This attribute will be useful
5618 * to notfiy the driver that what type of txrate should be used
5619 * for the TIDs specified in %NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS. using
5620 * the values form &nl80211_tx_rate_setting.
5621 * @NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE: Data frame TX rate mask should be applied
5622 * with the parameters passed through %NL80211_ATTR_TX_RATES.
5623 * configuration is applied to the data frame for the tid to that connected
5626 enum nl80211_tid_config_attr
{
5627 __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID
,
5628 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PAD
,
5629 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_VIF_SUPP
,
5630 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_PEER_SUPP
,
5631 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_OVERRIDE
,
5632 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TIDS
,
5633 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_NOACK
,
5634 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_SHORT
,
5635 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RETRY_LONG
,
5636 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMPDU_CTRL
,
5637 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_RTSCTS_CTRL
,
5638 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AMSDU_CTRL
,
5639 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE_TYPE
,
5640 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_RATE
,
5643 __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST
,
5644 NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX
= __NL80211_TID_CONFIG_ATTR_AFTER_LAST
- 1
5648 * enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr - packet pattern attribute
5649 * @__NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
5650 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN: the pattern, values where the mask has
5651 * a zero bit are ignored
5652 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK: pattern mask, must be long enough to have
5653 * a bit for each byte in the pattern. The lowest-order bit corresponds
5654 * to the first byte of the pattern, but the bytes of the pattern are
5655 * in a little-endian-like format, i.e. the 9th byte of the pattern
5656 * corresponds to the lowest-order bit in the second byte of the mask.
5657 * For example: The match 00:xx:00:00:xx:00:00:00:00:xx:xx:xx (where
5658 * xx indicates "don't care") would be represented by a pattern of
5659 * twelve zero bytes, and a mask of "0xed,0x01".
5660 * Note that the pattern matching is done as though frames were not
5661 * 802.11 frames but 802.3 frames, i.e. the frame is fully unpacked
5662 * first (including SNAP header unpacking) and then matched.
5663 * @NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET: packet offset, pattern is matched after
5664 * these fixed number of bytes of received packet
5665 * @NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT: number of attributes
5666 * @MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT: max attribute number
5668 enum nl80211_packet_pattern_attr
{
5669 __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID
,
5670 NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
,
5671 NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN
,
5672 NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET
,
5675 MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT
= NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT
- 1,
5679 * struct nl80211_pattern_support - packet pattern support information
5680 * @max_patterns: maximum number of patterns supported
5681 * @min_pattern_len: minimum length of each pattern
5682 * @max_pattern_len: maximum length of each pattern
5683 * @max_pkt_offset: maximum Rx packet offset
5685 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN when
5686 * that is part of %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED or in
5687 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN when that is part of
5688 * %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the capability information given
5689 * by the kernel to userspace.
5691 struct nl80211_pattern_support
{
5693 __u32 min_pattern_len
;
5694 __u32 max_pattern_len
;
5695 __u32 max_pkt_offset
;
5696 } __attribute__((packed
));
5698 /* only for backward compatibility */
5699 #define __NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_INVALID __NL80211_PKTPAT_INVALID
5700 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_MASK NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
5701 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_PATTERN NL80211_PKTPAT_PATTERN
5702 #define NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT_OFFSET NL80211_PKTPAT_OFFSET
5703 #define NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT NUM_NL80211_PKTPAT
5704 #define MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_PKTPAT MAX_NL80211_PKTPAT
5705 #define nl80211_wowlan_pattern_support nl80211_pattern_support
5708 * enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers - WoWLAN trigger definitions
5709 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
5710 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY: wake up on any activity, do not really put
5711 * the chip into a special state -- works best with chips that have
5712 * support for low-power operation already (flag)
5713 * Note that this mode is incompatible with all of the others, if
5714 * any others are even supported by the device.
5715 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT: wake up on disconnect, the way disconnect
5716 * is detected is implementation-specific (flag)
5717 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT: wake up on magic packet (6x 0xff, followed
5718 * by 16 repetitions of MAC addr, anywhere in payload) (flag)
5719 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN: wake up on the specified packet patterns
5720 * which are passed in an array of nested attributes, each nested attribute
5721 * defining a with attributes from &struct nl80211_wowlan_trig_pkt_pattern.
5722 * Each pattern defines a wakeup packet. Packet offset is associated with
5723 * each pattern which is used while matching the pattern. The matching is
5724 * done on the MSDU, i.e. as though the packet was an 802.3 packet, so the
5725 * pattern matching is done after the packet is converted to the MSDU.
5727 * In %NL80211_ATTR_WOWLAN_TRIGGERS_SUPPORTED, it is a binary attribute
5728 * carrying a &struct nl80211_pattern_support.
5730 * When reporting wakeup. it is a u32 attribute containing the 0-based
5731 * index of the pattern that caused the wakeup, in the patterns passed
5732 * to the kernel when configuring.
5733 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED: Not a real trigger, and cannot be
5734 * used when setting, used only to indicate that GTK rekeying is supported
5735 * by the device (flag)
5736 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE: wake up on GTK rekey failure (if
5737 * done by the device) (flag)
5738 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST: wake up on EAP Identity Request
5740 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE: wake up on 4-way handshake (flag)
5741 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE: wake up when rfkill is released
5742 * (on devices that have rfkill in the device) (flag)
5743 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211: For wakeup reporting only, contains
5744 * the 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a deauth frame. The frame
5745 * may be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN
5746 * attribute contains the original length.
5747 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN: Original length of the 802.11
5748 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211
5749 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
5750 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023: For wakeup reporting only, contains the
5751 * 802.11 packet that caused the wakeup, e.g. a magic packet. The frame may
5752 * be truncated, the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN attribute
5753 * contains the original length.
5754 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN: Original length of the 802.3
5755 * packet, may be bigger than the @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023
5756 * attribute if the packet was truncated somewhere.
5757 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION: TCP connection wake, see DOC section
5758 * "TCP connection wakeup" for more details. This is a nested attribute
5759 * containing the exact information for establishing and keeping alive
5760 * the TCP connection.
5761 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH: For wakeup reporting only, the
5762 * wakeup packet was received on the TCP connection
5763 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST: For wakeup reporting only, the
5764 * TCP connection was lost or failed to be established
5765 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS: For wakeup reporting only,
5766 * the TCP connection ran out of tokens to use for data to send to the
5768 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT: wake up when a configured network
5769 * is detected. This is a nested attribute that contains the
5770 * same attributes used with @NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN. It
5771 * specifies how the scan is performed (e.g. the interval, the
5772 * channels to scan and the initial delay) as well as the scan
5773 * results that will trigger a wake (i.e. the matchsets). This
5774 * attribute is also sent in a response to
5775 * @NL80211_CMD_GET_WIPHY, indicating the number of match sets
5776 * supported by the driver (u32).
5777 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS: nested attribute
5778 * containing an array with information about what triggered the
5779 * wake up. If no elements are present in the array, it means
5780 * that the information is not available. If more than one
5781 * element is present, it means that more than one match
5783 * Each element in the array is a nested attribute that contains
5784 * one optional %NL80211_ATTR_SSID attribute and one optional
5785 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES attribute. At least one of
5786 * these attributes must be present. If
5787 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES contains more than one
5788 * frequency, it means that the match occurred in more than one
5790 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_UNPROTECTED_DEAUTH_DISASSOC: For wakeup reporting only.
5791 * Wake up happened due to unprotected deauth or disassoc frame in MFP.
5792 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: number of wake on wireless triggers
5793 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG: highest wowlan trigger attribute number
5795 * These nested attributes are used to configure the wakeup triggers and
5796 * to report the wakeup reason(s).
5798 enum nl80211_wowlan_triggers
{
5799 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_INVALID
,
5800 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_ANY
,
5801 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_DISCONNECT
,
5802 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_MAGIC_PKT
,
5803 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_PKT_PATTERN
,
5804 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_SUPPORTED
,
5805 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_GTK_REKEY_FAILURE
,
5806 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_EAP_IDENT_REQUEST
,
5807 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_4WAY_HANDSHAKE
,
5808 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_RFKILL_RELEASE
,
5809 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211
,
5810 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_80211_LEN
,
5811 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023
,
5812 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_PKT_8023_LEN
,
5813 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_TCP_CONNECTION
,
5814 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_MATCH
,
5815 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_CONNLOST
,
5816 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_WAKEUP_TCP_NOMORETOKENS
,
5817 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT
,
5818 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_NET_DETECT_RESULTS
,
5819 NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG_UNPROTECTED_DEAUTH_DISASSOC
,
5822 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG
,
5823 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG
= NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TRIG
- 1
5827 * DOC: TCP connection wakeup
5829 * Some devices can establish a TCP connection in order to be woken up by a
5830 * packet coming in from outside their network segment, or behind NAT. If
5831 * configured, the device will establish a TCP connection to the given
5832 * service, and periodically send data to that service. The first data
5833 * packet is usually transmitted after SYN/ACK, also ACKing the SYN/ACK.
5834 * The data packets can optionally include a (little endian) sequence
5835 * number (in the TCP payload!) that is generated by the device, and, also
5836 * optionally, a token from a list of tokens. This serves as a keep-alive
5837 * with the service, and for NATed connections, etc.
5839 * During this keep-alive period, the server doesn't send any data to the
5840 * client. When receiving data, it is compared against the wakeup pattern
5841 * (and mask) and if it matches, the host is woken up. Similarly, if the
5842 * connection breaks or cannot be established to start with, the host is
5845 * Developer's note: ARP offload is required for this, otherwise TCP
5846 * response packets might not go through correctly.
5850 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq - WoWLAN TCP data sequence
5851 * @start: starting value
5852 * @offset: offset of sequence number in packet
5853 * @len: length of the sequence value to write, 1 through 4
5855 * Note: don't confuse with the TCP sequence number(s), this is for the
5856 * keepalive packet payload. The actual value is written into the packet
5859 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq
{
5860 __u32 start
, offset
, len
;
5864 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token - WoWLAN TCP data token config
5865 * @offset: offset of token in packet
5866 * @len: length of each token
5867 * @token_stream: stream of data to be used for the tokens, the length must
5868 * be a multiple of @len for this to make sense
5870 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token
{
5872 __u8 token_stream
[];
5876 * struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature - data token features
5877 * @min_len: minimum token length
5878 * @max_len: maximum token length
5879 * @bufsize: total available token buffer size (max size of @token_stream)
5881 struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature
{
5882 __u32 min_len
, max_len
, bufsize
;
5886 * enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs - WoWLAN TCP connection parameters
5887 * @__NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
5888 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4: source IPv4 address (in network byte order)
5889 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4: destination IPv4 address
5890 * (in network byte order)
5891 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC: destination MAC address, this is given because
5892 * route lookup when configured might be invalid by the time we suspend,
5893 * and doing a route lookup when suspending is no longer possible as it
5894 * might require ARP querying.
5895 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT: source port (u16); optional, if not given a
5896 * socket and port will be allocated
5897 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT: destination port (u16)
5898 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD: data packet payload, at least one byte.
5899 * For feature advertising, a u32 attribute holding the maximum length
5900 * of the data payload.
5901 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ: data packet sequence configuration
5902 * (if desired), a &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_seq. For feature
5903 * advertising it is just a flag
5904 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN: data packet token configuration,
5905 * see &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token and for advertising see
5906 * &struct nl80211_wowlan_tcp_data_token_feature.
5907 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL: data interval in seconds, maximum
5908 * interval in feature advertising (u32)
5909 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD: wake packet payload, for advertising a
5910 * u32 attribute holding the maximum length
5911 * @NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK: Wake packet payload mask, not used for
5912 * feature advertising. The mask works like @NL80211_PKTPAT_MASK
5913 * but on the TCP payload only.
5914 * @NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: number of TCP attributes
5915 * @MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP: highest attribute number
5917 enum nl80211_wowlan_tcp_attrs
{
5918 __NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_INVALID
,
5919 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_IPV4
,
5920 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_IPV4
,
5921 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_MAC
,
5922 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_SRC_PORT
,
5923 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DST_PORT
,
5924 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD
,
5925 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_SEQ
,
5926 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_PAYLOAD_TOKEN
,
5927 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_DATA_INTERVAL
,
5928 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_PAYLOAD
,
5929 NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP_WAKE_MASK
,
5932 NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP
,
5933 MAX_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP
= NUM_NL80211_WOWLAN_TCP
- 1
5937 * struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support - coalesce rule support information
5938 * @max_rules: maximum number of rules supported
5939 * @pat: packet pattern support information
5940 * @max_delay: maximum supported coalescing delay in msecs
5942 * This struct is carried in %NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE in the
5943 * capability information given by the kernel to userspace.
5945 struct nl80211_coalesce_rule_support
{
5947 struct nl80211_pattern_support pat
;
5949 } __attribute__((packed
));
5952 * enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule - coalesce rule attribute
5953 * @__NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
5954 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY: delay in msecs used for packet coalescing
5955 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION: condition for packet coalescence,
5956 * see &enum nl80211_coalesce_condition.
5957 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN: packet offset, pattern is matched
5958 * after these fixed number of bytes of received packet
5959 * @NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE: number of attributes
5960 * @NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX: max attribute number
5962 enum nl80211_attr_coalesce_rule
{
5963 __NL80211_COALESCE_RULE_INVALID
,
5964 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_DELAY
,
5965 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_CONDITION
,
5966 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_PKT_PATTERN
,
5969 NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE
,
5970 NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE_MAX
= NUM_NL80211_ATTR_COALESCE_RULE
- 1
5974 * enum nl80211_coalesce_condition - coalesce rule conditions
5975 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns
5976 * in a rule are matched.
5977 * @NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH: coalesce Rx packets when patterns
5978 * in a rule are not matched.
5980 enum nl80211_coalesce_condition
{
5981 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_MATCH
,
5982 NL80211_COALESCE_CONDITION_NO_MATCH
5986 * enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs - limit attributes
5987 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC: (reserved)
5988 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX: maximum number of interfaces that
5989 * can be chosen from this set of interface types (u32)
5990 * @NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES: nested attribute containing a
5991 * flag attribute for each interface type in this set
5992 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: number of attributes
5993 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT: highest attribute number
5995 enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs
{
5996 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_UNSPEC
,
5997 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_MAX
,
5998 NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT_TYPES
,
6001 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT
,
6002 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT
= NUM_NL80211_IFACE_LIMIT
- 1
6006 * enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs -- interface combination attributes
6008 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC: (reserved)
6009 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS: Nested attributes containing the limits
6010 * for given interface types, see &enum nl80211_iface_limit_attrs.
6011 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM: u32 attribute giving the total number of
6012 * interfaces that can be created in this group. This number doesn't
6013 * apply to interfaces purely managed in software, which are listed
6014 * in a separate attribute %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACES_SOFTWARE.
6015 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH: flag attribute specifying that
6016 * beacon intervals within this group must be all the same even for
6017 * infrastructure and AP/GO combinations, i.e. the GO(s) must adopt
6018 * the infrastructure network's beacon interval.
6019 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS: u32 attribute specifying how many
6020 * different channels may be used within this group.
6021 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
6022 * of supported channel widths for radar detection.
6023 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS: u32 attribute containing the bitmap
6024 * of supported regulatory regions for radar detection.
6025 * @NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD: u32 attribute specifying the minimum GCD of
6026 * different beacon intervals supported by all the interface combinations
6027 * in this group (if not present, all beacon intervals be identical).
6028 * @NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: number of attributes
6029 * @MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB: highest attribute number
6032 * limits = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{AP} <= 1 ], matching BI, channels = 1, max = 2
6033 * => allows an AP and a STA that must match BIs
6035 * numbers = [ #{AP, P2P-GO} <= 8 ], BI min gcd, channels = 1, max = 8,
6036 * => allows 8 of AP/GO that can have BI gcd >= min gcd
6038 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 2 ], channels = 2, max = 2
6039 * => allows two STAs on the same or on different channels
6041 * numbers = [ #{STA} <= 1, #{P2P-client,P2P-GO} <= 3 ], max = 4
6042 * => allows a STA plus three P2P interfaces
6044 * The list of these four possibilities could completely be contained
6045 * within the %NL80211_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATIONS attribute to indicate
6046 * that any of these groups must match.
6048 * "Combinations" of just a single interface will not be listed here,
6049 * a single interface of any valid interface type is assumed to always
6050 * be possible by itself. This means that implicitly, for each valid
6051 * interface type, the following group always exists:
6052 * numbers = [ #{<type>} <= 1 ], channels = 1, max = 1
6054 enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs
{
6055 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_UNSPEC
,
6056 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_LIMITS
,
6057 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_MAXNUM
,
6058 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_STA_AP_BI_MATCH
,
6059 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_NUM_CHANNELS
,
6060 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_WIDTHS
,
6061 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_RADAR_DETECT_REGIONS
,
6062 NL80211_IFACE_COMB_BI_MIN_GCD
,
6065 NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB
,
6066 MAX_NL80211_IFACE_COMB
= NUM_NL80211_IFACE_COMB
- 1
6071 * enum nl80211_plink_state - state of a mesh peer link finite state machine
6073 * @NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN: initial state, considered the implicit
6074 * state of non-existent mesh peer links
6075 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT: mesh plink open frame has been sent to
6077 * @NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD: mesh plink open frame has been received
6078 * from this mesh peer
6079 * @NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD: mesh plink confirm frame has been
6080 * received from this mesh peer
6081 * @NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB: mesh peer link is established
6082 * @NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING: mesh peer link is being closed or cancelled
6083 * @NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED: all frames transmitted from this mesh
6084 * plink are discarded, except for authentication frames
6085 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: number of peer link states
6086 * @MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES: highest numerical value of plink states
6088 enum nl80211_plink_state
{
6089 NL80211_PLINK_LISTEN
,
6090 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_SNT
,
6091 NL80211_PLINK_OPN_RCVD
,
6092 NL80211_PLINK_CNF_RCVD
,
6093 NL80211_PLINK_ESTAB
,
6094 NL80211_PLINK_HOLDING
,
6095 NL80211_PLINK_BLOCKED
,
6098 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES
,
6099 MAX_NL80211_PLINK_STATES
= NUM_NL80211_PLINK_STATES
- 1
6103 * enum nl80211_plink_action - actions to perform in mesh peers
6105 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION: perform no action
6106 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN: start mesh peer link establishment
6107 * @NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK: block traffic from this mesh peer
6108 * @NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS: number of possible actions
6110 enum nl80211_plink_action
{
6111 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_NO_ACTION
,
6112 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_OPEN
,
6113 NL80211_PLINK_ACTION_BLOCK
,
6115 NUM_NL80211_PLINK_ACTIONS
,
6119 #define NL80211_KCK_LEN 16
6120 #define NL80211_KEK_LEN 16
6121 #define NL80211_KCK_EXT_LEN 24
6122 #define NL80211_KEK_EXT_LEN 32
6123 #define NL80211_KCK_EXT_LEN_32 32
6124 #define NL80211_REPLAY_CTR_LEN 8
6127 * enum nl80211_rekey_data - attributes for GTK rekey offload
6128 * @__NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
6129 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK: key encryption key (binary)
6130 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK: key confirmation key (binary)
6131 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR: replay counter (binary)
6132 * @NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM: AKM data (OUI, suite type)
6133 * @NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: number of rekey attributes (internal)
6134 * @MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA: highest rekey attribute (internal)
6136 enum nl80211_rekey_data
{
6137 __NL80211_REKEY_DATA_INVALID
,
6138 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KEK
,
6139 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_KCK
,
6140 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_REPLAY_CTR
,
6141 NL80211_REKEY_DATA_AKM
,
6144 NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA
,
6145 MAX_NL80211_REKEY_DATA
= NUM_NL80211_REKEY_DATA
- 1
6149 * enum nl80211_hidden_ssid - values for %NL80211_ATTR_HIDDEN_SSID
6150 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE: do not hide SSID (i.e., broadcast it in
6152 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN: hide SSID by using zero-length SSID element
6154 * @NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS: hide SSID by using correct length of SSID
6155 * element in Beacon frames but zero out each byte in the SSID
6157 enum nl80211_hidden_ssid
{
6158 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_NOT_IN_USE
,
6159 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_LEN
,
6160 NL80211_HIDDEN_SSID_ZERO_CONTENTS
6164 * enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr - station WME attributes
6165 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID: invalid number for nested attribute
6166 * @NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES: bitmap of uapsd queues. the format
6167 * is the same as the AC bitmap in the QoS info field.
6168 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP: max service period. the format is the same
6169 * as the MAX_SP field in the QoS info field (but already shifted down).
6170 * @__NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST: internal
6171 * @NL80211_STA_WME_MAX: highest station WME attribute
6173 enum nl80211_sta_wme_attr
{
6174 __NL80211_STA_WME_INVALID
,
6175 NL80211_STA_WME_UAPSD_QUEUES
,
6176 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX_SP
,
6179 __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST
,
6180 NL80211_STA_WME_MAX
= __NL80211_STA_WME_AFTER_LAST
- 1
6184 * enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr - attributes for PMKSA caching candidates
6185 * @__NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID: invalid number for nested attributes
6186 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX: candidate index (u32; the smaller, the higher
6188 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID: candidate BSSID (6 octets)
6189 * @NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH: RSN pre-authentication supported (flag)
6190 * @NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: number of PMKSA caching candidate attributes
6192 * @MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE: highest PMKSA caching candidate attribute
6195 enum nl80211_pmksa_candidate_attr
{
6196 __NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INVALID
,
6197 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_INDEX
,
6198 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_BSSID
,
6199 NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE_PREAUTH
,
6202 NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE
,
6203 MAX_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE
= NUM_NL80211_PMKSA_CANDIDATE
- 1
6207 * enum nl80211_tdls_operation - values for %NL80211_ATTR_TDLS_OPERATION
6208 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ: Send a TDLS discovery request
6209 * @NL80211_TDLS_SETUP: Setup TDLS link
6210 * @NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN: Teardown a TDLS link which is already established
6211 * @NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK: Enable TDLS link
6212 * @NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK: Disable TDLS link
6214 enum nl80211_tdls_operation
{
6215 NL80211_TDLS_DISCOVERY_REQ
,
6217 NL80211_TDLS_TEARDOWN
,
6218 NL80211_TDLS_ENABLE_LINK
,
6219 NL80211_TDLS_DISABLE_LINK
,
6223 * enum nl80211_ap_sme_features - device-integrated AP features
6224 * @NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD: SA Query procedures offloaded to driver
6225 * when user space indicates support for SA Query procedures offload during
6226 * "start ap" with %NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT.
6228 enum nl80211_ap_sme_features
{
6229 NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD
= 1 << 0,
6233 * enum nl80211_feature_flags - device/driver features
6234 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS: This driver supports reflecting back
6235 * TX status to the socket error queue when requested with the
6237 * @NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with HT datarates.
6238 * @NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER: This driver takes care of freeing up
6239 * the connected inactive stations in AP mode.
6240 * @NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS: This driver has been tested
6241 * to work properly to support receiving regulatory hints from
6242 * cellular base stations.
6243 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL: (no longer available, only
6244 * here to reserve the value for API/ABI compatibility)
6245 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SAE: This driver supports simultaneous authentication of
6246 * equals (SAE) with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station
6248 * @NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN: This driver supports low priority scan
6249 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH: Scan flush is supported
6250 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN: Support scanning using an AP vif
6251 * @NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER: The driver supports per-vif TX power setting
6252 * @NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN: The driver expects userspace to perform
6253 * OBSS scans and generate 20/40 BSS coex reports. This flag is used only
6254 * for drivers implementing the CONNECT API, for AUTH/ASSOC it is implied.
6255 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN: P2P GO implementation supports CT Window
6257 * @NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS: P2P GO implementation supports opportunistic
6259 * @NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE: The driver supports full state
6260 * transitions for AP clients. Without this flag (and if the driver
6261 * doesn't have the AP SME in the device) the driver supports adding
6262 * stations only when they're associated and adds them in associated
6263 * state (to later be transitioned into authorized), with this flag
6264 * they should be added before even sending the authentication reply
6265 * and then transitioned into authenticated, associated and authorized
6266 * states using station flags.
6267 * Note that even for drivers that support this, the default is to add
6268 * stations in authenticated/associated state, so to add unauthenticated
6269 * stations the authenticated/associated bits have to be set in the mask.
6270 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS: cfg80211 advertises channel limits
6271 * (HT40, VHT 80/160 MHz) if this flag is set
6272 * @NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM: This driver supports a userspace Mesh
6273 * Peering Management entity which may be implemented by registering for
6274 * beacons or NL80211_CMD_NEW_PEER_CANDIDATE events. The mesh beacon is
6275 * still generated by the driver.
6276 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR: This driver supports an active monitor
6277 * interface. An active monitor interface behaves like a normal monitor
6278 * interface, but gets added to the driver. It ensures that incoming
6279 * unicast packets directed at the configured interface address get ACKed.
6280 * @NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE: This driver supports dynamic
6281 * channel bandwidth change (e.g., HT 20 <-> 40 MHz channel) during the
6282 * lifetime of a BSS.
6283 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a DS Parameter
6284 * Set IE to probe requests.
6285 * @NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES: This device adds a WFA TPC Report IE
6286 * to probe requests.
6287 * @NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET: This device, in client mode, supports Quiet Period
6288 * requests sent to it by an AP.
6289 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION: This device is capable of inserting the
6290 * current tx power value into the TPC Report IE in the spectrum
6291 * management TPC Report action frame, and in the Radio Measurement Link
6292 * Measurement Report action frame.
6293 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION: This driver supports dynamic ACK timeout
6294 * estimation (dynack). %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_DYN_ACK flag attribute is used
6296 * @NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS: Device supports static spatial
6297 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
6298 * even on HT connections that should be using more chains.
6299 * @NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS: Device supports dynamic spatial
6300 * multiplexing powersave, ie. can turn off all but one chain
6301 * and then wake the rest up as required after, for example,
6302 * rts/cts handshake.
6303 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION: the device supports setting up WMM
6304 * TSPEC sessions (TID aka TSID 0-7) with the %NL80211_CMD_ADD_TX_TS
6305 * command. Standard IEEE 802.11 TSPEC setup is not yet supported, it
6306 * needs to be able to handle Block-Ack agreements and other things.
6307 * @NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE: Device supports configuring
6308 * the vif's MAC address upon creation.
6309 * See 'macaddr' field in the vif_params (cfg80211.h).
6310 * @NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH: Driver supports channel switching when
6311 * operating as a TDLS peer.
6312 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
6313 * random MAC address during scan (if the device is unassociated); the
6314 * %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR flag may be set for scans and the MAC
6315 * address mask/value will be used.
6316 * @NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports
6317 * using a random MAC address for every scan iteration during scheduled
6318 * scan (while not associated), the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
6319 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
6320 * @NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR: This device/driver supports using a
6321 * random MAC address for every scan iteration during "net detect", i.e.
6322 * scan in unassociated WoWLAN, the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR may
6323 * be set for scheduled scan and the MAC address mask/value will be used.
6325 enum nl80211_feature_flags
{
6326 NL80211_FEATURE_SK_TX_STATUS
= 1 << 0,
6327 NL80211_FEATURE_HT_IBSS
= 1 << 1,
6328 NL80211_FEATURE_INACTIVITY_TIMER
= 1 << 2,
6329 NL80211_FEATURE_CELL_BASE_REG_HINTS
= 1 << 3,
6330 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_DEVICE_NEEDS_CHANNEL
= 1 << 4,
6331 NL80211_FEATURE_SAE
= 1 << 5,
6332 NL80211_FEATURE_LOW_PRIORITY_SCAN
= 1 << 6,
6333 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_FLUSH
= 1 << 7,
6334 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_SCAN
= 1 << 8,
6335 NL80211_FEATURE_VIF_TXPOWER
= 1 << 9,
6336 NL80211_FEATURE_NEED_OBSS_SCAN
= 1 << 10,
6337 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_CTWIN
= 1 << 11,
6338 NL80211_FEATURE_P2P_GO_OPPPS
= 1 << 12,
6339 /* bit 13 is reserved */
6340 NL80211_FEATURE_ADVERTISE_CHAN_LIMITS
= 1 << 14,
6341 NL80211_FEATURE_FULL_AP_CLIENT_STATE
= 1 << 15,
6342 NL80211_FEATURE_USERSPACE_MPM
= 1 << 16,
6343 NL80211_FEATURE_ACTIVE_MONITOR
= 1 << 17,
6344 NL80211_FEATURE_AP_MODE_CHAN_WIDTH_CHANGE
= 1 << 18,
6345 NL80211_FEATURE_DS_PARAM_SET_IE_IN_PROBES
= 1 << 19,
6346 NL80211_FEATURE_WFA_TPC_IE_IN_PROBES
= 1 << 20,
6347 NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET
= 1 << 21,
6348 NL80211_FEATURE_TX_POWER_INSERTION
= 1 << 22,
6349 NL80211_FEATURE_ACKTO_ESTIMATION
= 1 << 23,
6350 NL80211_FEATURE_STATIC_SMPS
= 1 << 24,
6351 NL80211_FEATURE_DYNAMIC_SMPS
= 1 << 25,
6352 NL80211_FEATURE_SUPPORTS_WMM_ADMISSION
= 1 << 26,
6353 NL80211_FEATURE_MAC_ON_CREATE
= 1 << 27,
6354 NL80211_FEATURE_TDLS_CHANNEL_SWITCH
= 1 << 28,
6355 NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR
= 1 << 29,
6356 NL80211_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR
= 1 << 30,
6357 NL80211_FEATURE_ND_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR
= 1U << 31,
6361 * enum nl80211_ext_feature_index - bit index of extended features.
6362 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS: This driver supports IBSS with VHT datarates.
6363 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM: This driver supports RRM. When featured, user can
6364 * request to use RRM (see %NL80211_ATTR_USE_RRM) with
6365 * %NL80211_CMD_ASSOCIATE and %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT requests, which will set
6366 * the ASSOC_REQ_USE_RRM flag in the association request even if
6367 * NL80211_FEATURE_QUIET is not advertised.
6368 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER: This device supports MU-MIMO air
6369 * sniffer which means that it can be configured to hear packets from
6370 * certain groups which can be configured by the
6371 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_GROUP_DATA attribute,
6372 * or can be configured to follow a station by configuring the
6373 * %NL80211_ATTR_MU_MIMO_FOLLOW_MAC_ADDR attribute.
6374 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME: This driver includes the actual
6375 * time the scan started in scan results event. The time is the TSF of
6376 * the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is connected to
6378 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF: Per BSS, this driver reports the
6379 * time the last beacon/probe was received. For a non-MLO connection, the
6380 * time is the TSF of the BSS that the interface that requested the scan is
6381 * connected to (if available). For an MLO connection, the time is the TSF
6382 * of the BSS corresponding with link ID specified in the scan request (if
6384 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL: This driver supports configuration of
6385 * channel dwell time.
6386 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY: Driver supports beacon rate
6387 * configuration (AP/mesh), supporting a legacy (non-HT/VHT) rate.
6388 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT: Driver supports beacon rate
6389 * configuration (AP/mesh) with HT rates.
6390 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT: Driver supports beacon rate
6391 * configuration (AP/mesh) with VHT rates.
6392 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA: This driver supports Fast Initial Link Setup
6393 * with user space SME (NL80211_CMD_AUTHENTICATE) in station mode.
6394 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA: This driver supports randomized TA
6395 * in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while not associated.
6396 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED: This driver supports
6397 * randomized TA in @NL80211_CMD_FRAME while associated.
6398 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI: The driver supports sched_scan
6399 * for reporting BSSs with better RSSI than the current connected BSS
6400 * (%NL80211_ATTR_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI).
6401 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST: With this driver the
6402 * %NL80211_ATTR_CQM_RSSI_THOLD attribute accepts a list of zero or more
6403 * RSSI threshold values to monitor rather than exactly one threshold.
6404 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD: Driver SME supports FILS shared key
6405 * authentication with %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT.
6406 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way
6407 * handshake with PSK in station mode (PSK is passed as part of the connect
6408 * and associate commands), doing it in the host might not be supported.
6409 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X: Device wants to do doing 4-way
6410 * handshake with 802.1X in station mode (will pass EAP frames to the host
6411 * and accept the set_pmk/del_pmk commands), doing it in the host might not
6413 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: Driver is capable of overriding
6414 * the max channel attribute in the FILS request params IE with the
6415 * actual dwell time.
6416 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver accepts broadcast probe
6418 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: Driver supports sending
6419 * the first probe request in each channel at rate of at least 5.5Mbps.
6420 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: Driver supports
6421 * probe request tx deferral and suppression
6422 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL: Driver supports the %NL80211_MFP_OPTIONAL
6423 * value in %NL80211_ATTR_USE_MFP.
6424 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN: Driver supports low span scan.
6425 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN: Driver supports low power scan.
6426 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN: Driver supports high accuracy scan.
6427 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD: HW/driver will offload DFS actions.
6428 * Device or driver will do all DFS-related actions by itself,
6429 * informing user-space about CAC progress, radar detection event,
6430 * channel change triggered by radar detection event.
6431 * No need to start CAC from user-space, no need to react to
6432 * "radar detected" event.
6433 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211: Driver supports sending and
6434 * receiving control port frames over nl80211 instead of the netdevice.
6435 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT: This driver/device supports
6436 * (average) ACK signal strength reporting.
6437 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT: Backward-compatible ID
6438 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS: Driver supports FQ-CoDel-enabled intermediate
6440 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN: Driver/device supports randomizing the
6441 * SN in probe request frames if requested by %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN.
6442 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: Driver/device can omit all data
6443 * except for supported rates from the probe request content if requested
6444 * by the %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT flag.
6445 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER: Driver supports enabling fine
6446 * timing measurement responder role.
6448 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0: Driver/device confirm that they are
6449 * able to rekey an in-use key correctly. Userspace must not rekey PTK keys
6450 * if this flag is not set. Ignoring this can leak clear text packets and/or
6451 * freeze the connection.
6452 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID: Driver supports "Extended Key ID for
6453 * Individually Addressed Frames" from IEEE802.11-2016.
6455 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS: Driver supports getting airtime
6456 * fairness for transmitted packets and has enabled airtime fairness
6459 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING: Driver/device supports PMKSA caching
6460 * (set/del PMKSA operations) in AP mode.
6462 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD: Obsolete
6464 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR: This driver supports controlling tx power
6467 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD: Device wants to do SAE authentication in
6468 * station mode (SAE password is passed as part of the connect command).
6470 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD: The driver supports a single netdev
6471 * with VLAN tagged frames and separate VLAN-specific netdevs added using
6472 * vconfig similarly to the Ethernet case.
6474 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL: The driver supports the Airtime Queue Limit (AQL)
6475 * feature, which prevents bufferbloat by using the expected transmission
6476 * time to limit the amount of data buffered in the hardware.
6478 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION: The driver supports Beacon protection
6479 * and can receive key configuration for BIGTK using key indexes 6 and 7.
6480 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT: The driver supports Beacon
6481 * protection as a client only and cannot transmit protected beacons.
6483 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH: The driver can disable the
6484 * forwarding of preauth frames over the control port. They are then
6485 * handled as ordinary data frames.
6487 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT: Driver supports protected TWT frames
6489 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA: The driver supports removing stations
6490 * in IBSS mode, essentially by dropping their state.
6492 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS: management frame registrations
6493 * are possible for multicast frames and those will be reported properly.
6495 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ: This driver supports receiving and
6496 * reporting scan request with %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. In order to
6497 * report %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ, %NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ must be
6498 * included in the scan request.
6500 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS: The driver
6501 * can report tx status for control port over nl80211 tx operations.
6503 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION: Driver supports Operating
6504 * Channel Validation (OCV) when using driver's SME for RSNA handshakes.
6506 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK: Device wants to do 4-way
6507 * handshake with PSK in AP mode (PSK is passed as part of the start AP
6510 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP: Device wants to do SAE authentication
6511 * in AP mode (SAE password is passed as part of the start AP command).
6513 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_DISCOVERY: Driver/device supports FILS discovery
6514 * frames transmission
6516 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Driver/device supports
6517 * unsolicited broadcast probe response transmission
6519 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE: Driver supports beacon rate
6520 * configuration (AP/mesh) with HE rates.
6522 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_LTF: Device supports secure LTF measurement
6523 * exchange protocol.
6525 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_RTT: Device supports secure RTT measurement
6526 * exchange protocol.
6528 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROT_RANGE_NEGO_AND_MEASURE: Device supports management
6529 * frame protection for all management frames exchanged during the
6530 * negotiation and range measurement procedure.
6532 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_COLOR: The driver supports BSS color collision
6533 * detection and change announcemnts.
6535 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD: Driver running in AP mode supports
6536 * FILS encryption and decryption for (Re)Association Request and Response
6537 * frames. Userspace has to share FILS AAD details to the driver by using
6538 * @NL80211_CMD_SET_FILS_AAD.
6540 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RADAR_BACKGROUND: Device supports background radar/CAC
6543 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_POWERED_ADDR_CHANGE: Device can perform a MAC address
6544 * change without having to bring the underlying network device down
6545 * first. For example, in station mode this can be used to vary the
6546 * origin MAC address prior to a connection to a new AP for privacy
6547 * or other reasons. Note that certain driver specific restrictions
6548 * might apply, e.g. no scans in progress, no offchannel operations
6549 * in progress, and no active connections.
6551 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PUNCT: Driver supports preamble puncturing in AP mode.
6553 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_NAN: Device supports NAN Pairing which enables
6554 * authentication, data encryption and message integrity.
6556 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AUTH_AND_DEAUTH_RANDOM_TA: Device supports randomized TA
6557 * in authentication and deauthentication frames sent to unassociated peer
6558 * using @NL80211_CMD_FRAME.
6560 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD: Driver/Device wants to do OWE DH IE
6561 * handling in station mode.
6563 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD_AP: Driver/Device wants to do OWE DH IE
6564 * handling in AP mode.
6566 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_CONCURRENT: The device supports peer-to-peer or
6567 * ad hoc operation on DFS channels under the control of a concurrent
6568 * DFS master on the same channel as described in FCC-594280 D01
6569 * (Section B.3). This, for example, allows P2P GO and P2P clients to
6570 * operate on DFS channels as long as there's a concurrent BSS connection.
6572 * @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SPP_AMSDU_SUPPORT: The driver has support for SPP
6573 * (signaling and payload protected) A-MSDUs and this shall be advertised
6576 * @NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: number of extended features.
6577 * @MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES: highest extended feature index.
6579 enum nl80211_ext_feature_index
{
6580 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VHT_IBSS
,
6581 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RRM
,
6582 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MU_MIMO_AIR_SNIFFER
,
6583 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_START_TIME
,
6584 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_PARENT_TSF
,
6585 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SET_SCAN_DWELL
,
6586 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_LEGACY
,
6587 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HT
,
6588 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_VHT
,
6589 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_STA
,
6590 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA
,
6591 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MGMT_TX_RANDOM_TA_CONNECTED
,
6592 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_RELATIVE_RSSI
,
6593 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CQM_RSSI_LIST
,
6594 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_SK_OFFLOAD
,
6595 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_PSK
,
6596 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_STA_1X
,
6597 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME
,
6598 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP
,
6599 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE
,
6600 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION
,
6601 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MFP_OPTIONAL
,
6602 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_SPAN_SCAN
,
6603 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_LOW_POWER_SCAN
,
6604 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_HIGH_ACCURACY_SCAN
,
6605 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD
,
6606 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211
,
6607 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT
,
6608 /* we renamed this - stay compatible */
6609 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DATA_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT
= NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ACK_SIGNAL_SUPPORT
,
6610 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_TXQS
,
6611 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_SN
,
6612 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT
,
6613 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0
,
6614 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_ENABLE_FTM_RESPONDER
,
6615 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AIRTIME_FAIRNESS
,
6616 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AP_PMKSA_CACHING
,
6617 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCHED_SCAN_BAND_SPECIFIC_RSSI_THOLD
, /* obsolete */
6618 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_EXT_KEY_ID
,
6619 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_STA_TX_PWR
,
6620 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD
,
6621 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_VLAN_OFFLOAD
,
6622 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AQL
,
6623 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION
,
6624 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_NO_PREAUTH
,
6625 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROTECTED_TWT
,
6626 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DEL_IBSS_STA
,
6627 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_MULTICAST_REGISTRATIONS
,
6628 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_PROTECTION_CLIENT
,
6629 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ
,
6630 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CONTROL_PORT_OVER_NL80211_TX_STATUS
,
6631 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OPERATING_CHANNEL_VALIDATION
,
6632 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_4WAY_HANDSHAKE_AP_PSK
,
6633 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SAE_OFFLOAD_AP
,
6634 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_DISCOVERY
,
6635 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP
,
6636 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BEACON_RATE_HE
,
6637 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_LTF
,
6638 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_RTT
,
6639 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PROT_RANGE_NEGO_AND_MEASURE
,
6640 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_BSS_COLOR
,
6641 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_FILS_CRYPTO_OFFLOAD
,
6642 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_RADAR_BACKGROUND
,
6643 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_POWERED_ADDR_CHANGE
,
6644 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_PUNCT
,
6645 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SECURE_NAN
,
6646 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_AUTH_AND_DEAUTH_RANDOM_TA
,
6647 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD
,
6648 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_OWE_OFFLOAD_AP
,
6649 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_CONCURRENT
,
6650 NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_SPP_AMSDU_SUPPORT
,
6652 /* add new features before the definition below */
6653 NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES
,
6654 MAX_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES
= NUM_NL80211_EXT_FEATURES
- 1
6658 * enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr - optional supported
6659 * protocols for probe-response offloading by the driver/FW.
6660 * To be used with the %NL80211_ATTR_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD attribute.
6661 * Each enum value represents a bit in the bitmap of supported
6662 * protocols. Typically a subset of probe-requests belonging to a
6663 * supported protocol will be excluded from offload and uploaded
6666 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS: Support for WPS ver. 1
6667 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2: Support for WPS ver. 2
6668 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P: Support for P2P
6669 * @NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U: Support for 802.11u
6671 enum nl80211_probe_resp_offload_support_attr
{
6672 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS
= 1<<0,
6673 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_WPS2
= 1<<1,
6674 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_P2P
= 1<<2,
6675 NL80211_PROBE_RESP_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT_80211U
= 1<<3,
6679 * enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason - connection request failed reasons
6680 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS: Maximum number of clients that can be
6681 * handled by the AP is reached.
6682 * @NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT: Connection request is rejected due to ACL.
6684 enum nl80211_connect_failed_reason
{
6685 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_MAX_CLIENTS
,
6686 NL80211_CONN_FAIL_BLOCKED_CLIENT
,
6690 * enum nl80211_timeout_reason - timeout reasons
6692 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED: Timeout reason unspecified.
6693 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN: Scan (AP discovery) timed out.
6694 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH: Authentication timed out.
6695 * @NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC: Association timed out.
6697 enum nl80211_timeout_reason
{
6698 NL80211_TIMEOUT_UNSPECIFIED
,
6699 NL80211_TIMEOUT_SCAN
,
6700 NL80211_TIMEOUT_AUTH
,
6701 NL80211_TIMEOUT_ASSOC
,
6705 * enum nl80211_scan_flags - scan request control flags
6707 * Scan request control flags are used to control the handling
6708 * of NL80211_CMD_TRIGGER_SCAN and NL80211_CMD_START_SCHED_SCAN
6711 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN, NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER, and
6712 * NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY flags are exclusive of each other, i.e., only
6713 * one of them can be used in the request.
6715 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY: scan request has low priority
6716 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH: flush cache before scanning
6717 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP: force a scan even if the interface is configured
6718 * as AP and the beaconing has already been configured. This attribute is
6719 * dangerous because will destroy stations performance as a lot of frames
6720 * will be lost while scanning off-channel, therefore it must be used only
6721 * when really needed
6722 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR: use a random MAC address for this scan (or
6723 * for scheduled scan: a different one for every scan iteration). When the
6724 * flag is set, depending on device capabilities the @NL80211_ATTR_MAC and
6725 * @NL80211_ATTR_MAC_MASK attributes may also be given in which case only
6726 * the masked bits will be preserved from the MAC address and the remainder
6727 * randomised. If the attributes are not given full randomisation (46 bits,
6728 * locally administered 1, multicast 0) is assumed.
6729 * This flag must not be requested when the feature isn't supported, check
6730 * the nl80211 feature flags for the device.
6731 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME: fill the dwell time in the FILS
6732 * request parameters IE in the probe request
6733 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: accept broadcast probe responses
6734 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE: send probe request frames at
6735 * rate of at least 5.5M. In case non-OCE AP is discovered in the channel,
6736 * only the first probe req in the channel will be sent in high rate.
6737 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION: allow probe request
6738 * tx deferral (dot11FILSProbeDelay shall be set to 15ms)
6739 * and suppression (if it has received a broadcast Probe Response frame,
6740 * Beacon frame or FILS Discovery frame from an AP that the STA considers
6741 * a suitable candidate for (re-)association - suitable in terms of
6743 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN: Span corresponds to the total time taken to
6744 * accomplish the scan. Thus, this flag intends the driver to perform the
6745 * scan request with lesser span/duration. It is specific to the driver
6746 * implementations on how this is accomplished. Scan accuracy may get
6747 * impacted with this flag.
6748 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER: This flag intends the scan attempts to consume
6749 * optimal possible power. Drivers can resort to their specific means to
6750 * optimize the power. Scan accuracy may get impacted with this flag.
6751 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY: Accuracy here intends to the extent of scan
6752 * results obtained. Thus HIGH_ACCURACY scan flag aims to get maximum
6753 * possible scan results. This flag hints the driver to use the best
6754 * possible scan configuration to improve the accuracy in scanning.
6755 * Latency and power use may get impacted with this flag.
6756 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN: randomize the sequence number in probe
6757 * request frames from this scan to avoid correlation/tracking being
6759 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT: minimize probe request content to
6760 * only have supported rates and no additional capabilities (unless
6761 * added by userspace explicitly.)
6762 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ: report scan results with
6763 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQ_KHZ. This also means
6764 * %NL80211_ATTR_SCAN_FREQUENCIES will not be included.
6765 * @NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ: scan for collocated APs reported by
6766 * 2.4/5 GHz APs. When the flag is set, the scan logic will use the
6767 * information from the RNR element found in beacons/probe responses
6768 * received on the 2.4/5 GHz channels to actively scan only the 6GHz
6769 * channels on which APs are expected to be found. Note that when not set,
6770 * the scan logic would scan all 6GHz channels, but since transmission of
6771 * probe requests on non-PSC channels is limited, it is highly likely that
6772 * these channels would passively be scanned. Also note that when the flag
6773 * is set, in addition to the colocated APs, PSC channels would also be
6774 * scanned if the user space has asked for it.
6776 enum nl80211_scan_flags
{
6777 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_PRIORITY
= 1<<0,
6778 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FLUSH
= 1<<1,
6779 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_AP
= 1<<2,
6780 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR
= 1<<3,
6781 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FILS_MAX_CHANNEL_TIME
= 1<<4,
6782 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_ACCEPT_BCAST_PROBE_RESP
= 1<<5,
6783 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_HIGH_TX_RATE
= 1<<6,
6784 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_OCE_PROBE_REQ_DEFERRAL_SUPPRESSION
= 1<<7,
6785 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_SPAN
= 1<<8,
6786 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_LOW_POWER
= 1<<9,
6787 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_HIGH_ACCURACY
= 1<<10,
6788 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_SN
= 1<<11,
6789 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_MIN_PREQ_CONTENT
= 1<<12,
6790 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_FREQ_KHZ
= 1<<13,
6791 NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_COLOCATED_6GHZ
= 1<<14,
6795 * enum nl80211_acl_policy - access control policy
6797 * Access control policy is applied on a MAC list set by
6798 * %NL80211_CMD_START_AP and %NL80211_CMD_SET_MAC_ACL, to
6799 * be used with %NL80211_ATTR_ACL_POLICY.
6801 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED: Deny stations which are
6802 * listed in ACL, i.e. allow all the stations which are not listed
6803 * in ACL to authenticate.
6804 * @NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED: Allow the stations which are listed
6805 * in ACL, i.e. deny all the stations which are not listed in ACL.
6807 enum nl80211_acl_policy
{
6808 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_ACCEPT_UNLESS_LISTED
,
6809 NL80211_ACL_POLICY_DENY_UNLESS_LISTED
,
6813 * enum nl80211_smps_mode - SMPS mode
6815 * Requested SMPS mode (for AP mode)
6817 * @NL80211_SMPS_OFF: SMPS off (use all antennas).
6818 * @NL80211_SMPS_STATIC: static SMPS (use a single antenna)
6819 * @NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic smps (start with a single antenna and
6820 * turn on other antennas after CTS/RTS).
6821 * @__NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST: internal
6822 * @NL80211_SMPS_MAX: highest used enumeration
6824 enum nl80211_smps_mode
{
6826 NL80211_SMPS_STATIC
,
6827 NL80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC
,
6829 __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST
,
6830 NL80211_SMPS_MAX
= __NL80211_SMPS_AFTER_LAST
- 1
6834 * enum nl80211_radar_event - type of radar event for DFS operation
6836 * Type of event to be used with NL80211_ATTR_RADAR_EVENT to inform userspace
6837 * about detected radars or success of the channel available check (CAC)
6839 * @NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED: A radar pattern has been detected. The channel is
6841 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED: Channel Availability Check has been finished,
6842 * the channel is now available.
6843 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED: Channel Availability Check has been aborted, no
6844 * change to the channel status.
6845 * @NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED: The Non-Occupancy Period for this channel is
6846 * over, channel becomes usable.
6847 * @NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED: Channel Availability Check done on this
6848 * non-operating channel is expired and no longer valid. New CAC must
6849 * be done on this channel before starting the operation. This is not
6850 * applicable for ETSI dfs domain where pre-CAC is valid for ever.
6851 * @NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED: Channel Availability Check has been started,
6852 * should be generated by HW if NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_DFS_OFFLOAD is enabled.
6854 enum nl80211_radar_event
{
6855 NL80211_RADAR_DETECTED
,
6856 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_FINISHED
,
6857 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_ABORTED
,
6858 NL80211_RADAR_NOP_FINISHED
,
6859 NL80211_RADAR_PRE_CAC_EXPIRED
,
6860 NL80211_RADAR_CAC_STARTED
,
6864 * enum nl80211_dfs_state - DFS states for channels
6866 * Channel states used by the DFS code.
6868 * @NL80211_DFS_USABLE: The channel can be used, but channel availability
6869 * check (CAC) must be performed before using it for AP or IBSS.
6870 * @NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE: A radar has been detected on this channel, it
6871 * is therefore marked as not available.
6872 * @NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE: The channel has been CAC checked and is available.
6874 enum nl80211_dfs_state
{
6876 NL80211_DFS_UNAVAILABLE
,
6877 NL80211_DFS_AVAILABLE
,
6881 * enum nl80211_protocol_features - nl80211 protocol features
6882 * @NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP: nl80211 supports splitting
6883 * wiphy dumps (if requested by the application with the attribute
6884 * %NL80211_ATTR_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP. Also supported is filtering the
6885 * wiphy dump by %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY, %NL80211_ATTR_IFINDEX or
6886 * %NL80211_ATTR_WDEV.
6888 enum nl80211_protocol_features
{
6889 NL80211_PROTOCOL_FEATURE_SPLIT_WIPHY_DUMP
= 1 << 0,
6893 * enum nl80211_crit_proto_id - nl80211 critical protocol identifiers
6895 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC: protocol unspecified.
6896 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP: BOOTP or DHCPv6 protocol.
6897 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL: EAPOL protocol.
6898 * @NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA: APIPA protocol.
6899 * @NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO: must be kept last.
6901 enum nl80211_crit_proto_id
{
6902 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_UNSPEC
,
6903 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_DHCP
,
6904 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_EAPOL
,
6905 NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_APIPA
,
6906 /* add other protocols before this one */
6907 NUM_NL80211_CRIT_PROTO
6910 /* maximum duration for critical protocol measures */
6911 #define NL80211_CRIT_PROTO_MAX_DURATION 5000 /* msec */
6914 * enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags - flags for received management frame.
6916 * Used by cfg80211_rx_mgmt()
6918 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED: frame was answered by device/driver.
6919 * @NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH: Host driver intends to offload
6920 * the authentication. Exclusively defined for host drivers that
6921 * advertises the SME functionality but would like the userspace
6922 * to handle certain authentication algorithms (e.g. SAE).
6924 enum nl80211_rxmgmt_flags
{
6925 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_ANSWERED
= 1 << 0,
6926 NL80211_RXMGMT_FLAG_EXTERNAL_AUTH
= 1 << 1,
6930 * If this flag is unset, the lower 24 bits are an OUI, if set
6931 * a Linux nl80211 vendor ID is used (no such IDs are allocated
6932 * yet, so that's not valid so far)
6934 #define NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX 0x80000000
6937 * struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info - vendor command data
6938 * @vendor_id: If the %NL80211_VENDOR_ID_IS_LINUX flag is clear, then the
6939 * value is a 24-bit OUI; if it is set then a separately allocated ID
6940 * may be used, but no such IDs are allocated yet. New IDs should be
6941 * added to this file when needed.
6942 * @subcmd: sub-command ID for the command
6944 struct nl80211_vendor_cmd_info
{
6950 * enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability - TDLS peer flags.
6952 * Used by tdls_mgmt() to determine which conditional elements need
6953 * to be added to TDLS Setup frames.
6955 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT: TDLS peer is HT capable.
6956 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT: TDLS peer is VHT capable.
6957 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM: TDLS peer is WMM capable.
6958 * @NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HE: TDLS peer is HE capable.
6960 enum nl80211_tdls_peer_capability
{
6961 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HT
= 1<<0,
6962 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_VHT
= 1<<1,
6963 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_WMM
= 1<<2,
6964 NL80211_TDLS_PEER_HE
= 1<<3,
6968 * enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan - scanning plan for scheduled scan
6969 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
6970 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL: interval between scan iterations. In
6972 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS: number of scan iterations in this
6973 * scan plan (u32). The last scan plan must not specify this attribute
6974 * because it will run infinitely. A value of zero is invalid as it will
6975 * make the scan plan meaningless.
6976 * @NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX: highest scheduled scan plan attribute number
6978 * @__NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST: internal use
6980 enum nl80211_sched_scan_plan
{
6981 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INVALID
,
6982 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_INTERVAL
,
6983 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_ITERATIONS
,
6986 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST
,
6987 NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_MAX
=
6988 __NL80211_SCHED_SCAN_PLAN_AFTER_LAST
- 1
6992 * struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust - RSSI adjustment parameters.
6994 * @band: band of BSS that must match for RSSI value adjustment. The value
6995 * of this field is according to &enum nl80211_band.
6996 * @delta: value used to adjust the RSSI value of matching BSS in dB.
6998 struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust
{
7001 } __attribute__((packed
));
7004 * enum nl80211_bss_select_attr - attributes for bss selection.
7006 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID: reserved.
7007 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI: Flag indicating only RSSI-based BSS selection
7009 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF: attribute indicating BSS
7010 * selection should be done such that the specified band is preferred.
7011 * When there are multiple BSS-es in the preferred band, the driver
7012 * shall use RSSI-based BSS selection as a second step. The value of
7013 * this attribute is according to &enum nl80211_band (u32).
7014 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST: When present the RSSI level for
7015 * BSS-es in the specified band is to be adjusted before doing
7016 * RSSI-based BSS selection. The attribute value is a packed structure
7017 * value as specified by &struct nl80211_bss_select_rssi_adjust.
7018 * @NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX: highest bss select attribute number.
7019 * @__NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: internal use.
7021 * One and only one of these attributes are found within %NL80211_ATTR_BSS_SELECT
7022 * for %NL80211_CMD_CONNECT. It specifies the required BSS selection behaviour
7023 * which the driver shall use.
7025 enum nl80211_bss_select_attr
{
7026 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_INVALID
,
7027 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI
,
7028 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_BAND_PREF
,
7029 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_RSSI_ADJUST
,
7032 __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST
,
7033 NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_MAX
= __NL80211_BSS_SELECT_ATTR_AFTER_LAST
- 1
7037 * enum nl80211_nan_function_type - NAN function type
7039 * Defines the function type of a NAN function
7041 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH: function is publish
7042 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE: function is subscribe
7043 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP: function is follow-up
7044 * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST: internal use
7045 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE: internal use
7047 enum nl80211_nan_function_type
{
7048 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH
,
7049 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE
,
7050 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP
,
7053 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST
,
7054 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_MAX_TYPE
= __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE_AFTER_LAST
- 1,
7058 * enum nl80211_nan_publish_type - NAN publish tx type
7060 * Defines how to send publish Service Discovery Frames
7062 * @NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is solicited
7063 * @NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH: publish function is unsolicited
7065 enum nl80211_nan_publish_type
{
7066 NL80211_NAN_SOLICITED_PUBLISH
= 1 << 0,
7067 NL80211_NAN_UNSOLICITED_PUBLISH
= 1 << 1,
7071 * enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason - NAN functions termination reason
7073 * Defines termination reasons of a NAN function
7075 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST: requested by user
7076 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED: timeout
7077 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR: errored
7079 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason
{
7080 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST
,
7081 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_TTL_EXPIRED
,
7082 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_ERROR
,
7085 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID_LEN 6
7086 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_SPEC_INFO_MAX_LEN 0xff
7087 #define NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF_MAX_LEN 0xff
7090 * enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes - NAN function attributes
7091 * @__NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID: invalid
7092 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE: &enum nl80211_nan_function_type (u8).
7093 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID: 6 bytes of the service ID hash as
7094 * specified in NAN spec. This is a binary attribute.
7095 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE: relevant if the function's type is
7096 * publish. Defines the transmission type for the publish Service Discovery
7097 * Frame, see &enum nl80211_nan_publish_type. Its type is u8.
7098 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST: relevant if the function is a solicited
7099 * publish. Should the solicited publish Service Discovery Frame be sent to
7100 * the NAN Broadcast address. This is a flag.
7101 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE: relevant if the function's type is
7102 * subscribe. Is the subscribe active. This is a flag.
7103 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID: relevant if the function's type is follow up.
7104 * The instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is u8.
7105 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID: relevant if the function's type
7106 * is follow up. This is a u8.
7107 * The requester instance ID for the follow up Service Discovery Frame.
7108 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST: the MAC address of the recipient of the
7109 * follow up Service Discovery Frame. This is a binary attribute.
7110 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE: is this function limited for devices in a
7111 * close range. The range itself (RSSI) is defined by the device.
7113 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL: strictly positive number of DWs this function should
7114 * stay active. If not present infinite TTL is assumed. This is a u32.
7115 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO: array of bytes describing the service
7116 * specific info. This is a binary attribute.
7117 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF: Service Receive Filter. This is a nested attribute.
7118 * See &enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes.
7119 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER: Receive Matching filter. This is a nested
7120 * attribute. It is a list of binary values.
7121 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER: Transmit Matching filter. This is a
7122 * nested attribute. It is a list of binary values.
7123 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID: The instance ID of the function.
7124 * Its type is u8 and it cannot be 0.
7125 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON: NAN function termination reason.
7126 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason.
7128 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR: internal
7129 * @NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN function attribute
7131 enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes
{
7132 __NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INVALID
,
7133 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TYPE
,
7134 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_ID
,
7135 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_TYPE
,
7136 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_PUBLISH_BCAST
,
7137 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SUBSCRIBE_ACTIVE
,
7138 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_ID
,
7139 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_REQ_ID
,
7140 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_FOLLOW_UP_DEST
,
7141 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_CLOSE_RANGE
,
7142 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TTL
,
7143 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SERVICE_INFO
,
7144 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_SRF
,
7145 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_RX_MATCH_FILTER
,
7146 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TX_MATCH_FILTER
,
7147 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_INSTANCE_ID
,
7148 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON
,
7151 NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR
,
7152 NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR_MAX
= NUM_NL80211_NAN_FUNC_ATTR
- 1
7156 * enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes - NAN Service Response filter attributes
7157 * @__NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID: invalid
7158 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE: present if the include bit of the SRF set.
7160 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF: Bloom Filter. Present if and only if
7161 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS isn't present. This attribute is binary.
7162 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX: index of the Bloom Filter. Mandatory if
7163 * %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF is present. This is a u8.
7164 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS: list of MAC addresses for the SRF. Present if
7165 * and only if %NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF isn't present. This is a nested
7166 * attribute. Each nested attribute is a MAC address.
7167 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR: internal
7168 * @NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN SRF attribute
7170 enum nl80211_nan_srf_attributes
{
7171 __NL80211_NAN_SRF_INVALID
,
7172 NL80211_NAN_SRF_INCLUDE
,
7174 NL80211_NAN_SRF_BF_IDX
,
7175 NL80211_NAN_SRF_MAC_ADDRS
,
7178 NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR
,
7179 NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR_MAX
= NUM_NL80211_NAN_SRF_ATTR
- 1,
7183 * enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes - NAN match attributes
7184 * @__NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID: invalid
7185 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL: the local function that had the
7186 * match. This is a nested attribute.
7187 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
7188 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER: the peer function
7189 * that caused the match. This is a nested attribute.
7190 * See &enum nl80211_nan_func_attributes.
7192 * @NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR: internal
7193 * @NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX: highest NAN match attribute
7195 enum nl80211_nan_match_attributes
{
7196 __NL80211_NAN_MATCH_INVALID
,
7197 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_LOCAL
,
7198 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_FUNC_PEER
,
7201 NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR
,
7202 NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR_MAX
= NUM_NL80211_NAN_MATCH_ATTR
- 1
7206 * enum nl80211_external_auth_action - Action to perform with external
7207 * authentication request. Used by NL80211_ATTR_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ACTION.
7208 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START: Start the authentication.
7209 * @NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT: Abort the ongoing authentication.
7211 enum nl80211_external_auth_action
{
7212 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_START
,
7213 NL80211_EXTERNAL_AUTH_ABORT
,
7217 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes - fine timing measurement
7218 * responder attributes
7219 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7220 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED: FTM responder is enabled
7221 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: The content of Measurement Report Element
7222 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 8 - LCI (9.4.2.22.10),
7223 * i.e. starting with the measurement token
7224 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC: The content of Measurement Report Element
7225 * (9.4.2.22 in 802.11-2016) with type 11 - Civic (Section 9.4.2.22.13),
7226 * i.e. starting with the measurement token
7227 * @__NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7228 * @NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest FTM responder attribute.
7230 enum nl80211_ftm_responder_attributes
{
7231 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID
,
7233 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_ENABLED
,
7234 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI
,
7235 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC
,
7238 __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST
,
7239 NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX
= __NL80211_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LAST
- 1,
7243 * enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats - FTM responder statistics
7245 * These attribute types are used with %NL80211_ATTR_FTM_RESPONDER_STATS
7246 * when getting FTM responder statistics.
7248 * @__NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID: attribute number 0 is reserved
7249 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which all frames
7250 * were ssfully answered (u32)
7251 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM: number of FTM sessions in which part of the
7252 * frames were successfully answered (u32)
7253 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM: number of failed FTM sessions (u32)
7254 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM: number of ASAP sessions (u32)
7255 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM: number of non-ASAP sessions (u32)
7256 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC: total sessions durations - gives an
7257 * indication of how much time the responder was busy (u64, msec)
7258 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of unknown FTM triggers -
7259 * triggers from initiators that didn't finish successfully the negotiation
7260 * phase with the responder (u32)
7261 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM: number of FTM reschedule requests
7262 * - initiator asks for a new scheduling although it already has scheduled
7264 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM: number of FTM triggers out of
7265 * scheduled window (u32)
7266 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD: used for padding, ignore
7267 * @__NL80211_TXQ_ATTR_AFTER_LAST: Internal
7268 * @NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX: highest possible FTM responder stats attribute
7270 enum nl80211_ftm_responder_stats
{
7271 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_INVALID
,
7272 NL80211_FTM_STATS_SUCCESS_NUM
,
7273 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PARTIAL_NUM
,
7274 NL80211_FTM_STATS_FAILED_NUM
,
7275 NL80211_FTM_STATS_ASAP_NUM
,
7276 NL80211_FTM_STATS_NON_ASAP_NUM
,
7277 NL80211_FTM_STATS_TOTAL_DURATION_MSEC
,
7278 NL80211_FTM_STATS_UNKNOWN_TRIGGERS_NUM
,
7279 NL80211_FTM_STATS_RESCHEDULE_REQUESTS_NUM
,
7280 NL80211_FTM_STATS_OUT_OF_WINDOW_TRIGGERS_NUM
,
7281 NL80211_FTM_STATS_PAD
,
7284 __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST
,
7285 NL80211_FTM_STATS_MAX
= __NL80211_FTM_STATS_AFTER_LAST
- 1
7289 * enum nl80211_preamble - frame preamble types
7290 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY: legacy (HR/DSSS, OFDM, ERP PHY) preamble
7291 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT: HT preamble
7292 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT: VHT preamble
7293 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG: DMG preamble
7294 * @NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE: HE preamble
7296 enum nl80211_preamble
{
7297 NL80211_PREAMBLE_LEGACY
,
7298 NL80211_PREAMBLE_HT
,
7299 NL80211_PREAMBLE_VHT
,
7300 NL80211_PREAMBLE_DMG
,
7301 NL80211_PREAMBLE_HE
,
7305 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type - peer measurement types
7306 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID: invalid/unused, needed as we use
7307 * these numbers also for attributes
7309 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM: flight time measurement
7311 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES: internal
7312 * @NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX: highest type number
7314 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_type
{
7315 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_INVALID
,
7317 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_FTM
,
7319 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES
,
7320 NL80211_PMSR_TYPE_MAX
= NUM_NL80211_PMSR_TYPES
- 1
7324 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status - peer measurement status
7325 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS: measurement completed successfully
7326 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED: measurement was locally refused
7327 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT: measurement timed out
7328 * @NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE: measurement failed, a type-dependent
7329 * reason may be available in the response data
7331 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status
{
7332 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_SUCCESS
,
7333 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_REFUSED
,
7334 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_TIMEOUT
,
7335 NL80211_PMSR_STATUS_FAILURE
,
7339 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req - peer measurement request attributes
7340 * @__NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7342 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement
7343 * type-specific request data inside. The attributes used are from the
7344 * enums named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_req.
7345 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF: include AP TSF timestamp, if supported
7348 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS: internal
7349 * @NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7351 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req
{
7352 __NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_INVALID
,
7354 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_DATA
,
7355 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_GET_AP_TSF
,
7358 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS
,
7359 NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTR_MAX
= NUM_NL80211_PMSR_REQ_ATTRS
- 1
7363 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp - peer measurement response attributes
7364 * @__NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7366 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA: This is a nested attribute with measurement
7367 * type-specific results inside. The attributes used are from the enums
7368 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_resp.
7369 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS: u32 value with the measurement status
7370 * (using values from &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_status.)
7371 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME: host time (%CLOCK_BOOTTIME) when the
7372 * result was measured; this value is not expected to be accurate to
7373 * more than 20ms. (u64, nanoseconds)
7374 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF: TSF of the AP that the interface
7375 * doing the measurement is connected to when the result was measured.
7376 * This shall be accurately reported if supported and requested
7378 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL: If results are sent to the host partially
7379 * (*e.g. with FTM per-burst data) this flag will be cleared on all but
7380 * the last result; if all results are combined it's set on the single
7382 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD: padding for 64-bit attributes, ignore
7384 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS: internal
7385 * @NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7387 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp
{
7388 __NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_INVALID
,
7390 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_DATA
,
7391 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_STATUS
,
7392 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_HOST_TIME
,
7393 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_AP_TSF
,
7394 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_FINAL
,
7395 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_PAD
,
7398 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS
,
7399 NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTR_MAX
= NUM_NL80211_PMSR_RESP_ATTRS
- 1
7403 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs - peer attributes for measurement
7404 * @__NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7406 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR: peer's MAC address
7407 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN: channel definition, nested, using top-level
7408 * attributes like %NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_FREQ etc.
7409 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ: This is a nested attribute indexed by
7410 * measurement type, with attributes from the
7411 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_req inside.
7412 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP: This is a nested attribute indexed by
7413 * measurement type, with attributes from the
7414 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_resp inside.
7416 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS: internal
7417 * @NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7419 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs
{
7420 __NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_INVALID
,
7422 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_ADDR
,
7423 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_CHAN
,
7424 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_REQ
,
7425 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_RESP
,
7428 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS
,
7429 NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTR_MAX
= NUM_NL80211_PMSR_PEER_ATTRS
- 1,
7433 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs - peer measurement attributes
7434 * @__NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7436 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS: u32 attribute used for capability
7437 * advertisement only, indicates the maximum number of peers
7438 * measurements can be done with in a single request
7439 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF: flag attribute in capability
7440 * indicating that the connected AP's TSF can be reported in
7441 * measurement results
7442 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR: flag attribute in capability
7443 * indicating that MAC address randomization is supported.
7444 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA: capabilities reported by the device,
7445 * this contains a nesting indexed by measurement type, and
7446 * type-specific capabilities inside, which are from the enums
7447 * named nl80211_peer_measurement_<type>_capa.
7448 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS: nested attribute, the nesting index is
7449 * meaningless, just a list of peers to measure with, with the
7450 * sub-attributes taken from
7451 * &enum nl80211_peer_measurement_peer_attrs.
7453 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR: internal
7454 * @NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7456 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_attrs
{
7457 __NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_INVALID
,
7459 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX_PEERS
,
7460 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_REPORT_AP_TSF
,
7461 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_RANDOMIZE_MAC_ADDR
,
7462 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_TYPE_CAPA
,
7463 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_PEERS
,
7466 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR
,
7467 NL80211_PMSR_ATTR_MAX
= NUM_NL80211_PMSR_ATTR
- 1
7471 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa - FTM capabilities
7472 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7474 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP: flag attribute indicating ASAP mode
7476 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP: flag attribute indicating non-ASAP
7478 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI: flag attribute indicating if LCI
7479 * data can be requested during the measurement
7480 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC: flag attribute indicating if civic
7481 * location data can be requested during the measurement
7482 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES: u32 bitmap attribute of bits
7483 * from &enum nl80211_preamble.
7484 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS: bitmap of values from
7485 * &enum nl80211_chan_width indicating the supported channel
7486 * bandwidths for FTM. Note that a higher channel bandwidth may be
7487 * configured to allow for other measurements types with different
7488 * bandwidth requirement in the same measurement.
7489 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT: u32 attribute indicating
7490 * the maximum bursts exponent that can be used (if not present anything
7492 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST: u32 attribute indicating
7493 * the maximum FTMs per burst (if not present anything is valid)
7494 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating if
7495 * trigger based ranging measurement is supported
7496 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: flag attribute indicating
7497 * if non-trigger-based ranging measurement is supported
7499 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR: internal
7500 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7502 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_capa
{
7503 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_INVALID
,
7505 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_ASAP
,
7506 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_ASAP
,
7507 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_LCI
,
7508 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_REQ_CIVICLOC
,
7509 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_PREAMBLES
,
7510 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_BANDWIDTHS
,
7511 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_BURSTS_EXPONENT
,
7512 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX_FTMS_PER_BURST
,
7513 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED
,
7514 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED
,
7517 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR
,
7518 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR_MAX
= NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_CAPA_ATTR
- 1
7522 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req - FTM request attributes
7523 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7525 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP: ASAP mode requested (flag)
7526 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE: preamble type (see
7527 * &enum nl80211_preamble), optional for DMG (u32)
7528 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: number of bursts exponent as in
7529 * 802.11-2016 9.4.2.168 "Fine Timing Measurement Parameters element"
7530 * (u8, 0-15, optional with default 15 i.e. "no preference")
7531 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD: interval between bursts in units
7532 * of 100ms (u16, optional with default 0)
7533 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: burst duration, as in 802.11-2016
7534 * Table 9-257 "Burst Duration field encoding" (u8, 0-15, optional with
7535 * default 15 i.e. "no preference")
7536 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: number of successful FTM frames
7537 * requested per burst
7538 * (u8, 0-31, optional with default 0 i.e. "no preference")
7539 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES: number of FTMR frame retries
7541 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI: request LCI data (flag)
7542 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC: request civic location data
7544 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED: request trigger based ranging
7545 * measurement (flag).
7546 * This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED are
7547 * mutually exclusive.
7548 * if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor
7549 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based
7550 * ranging will be used.
7551 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED: request non-trigger-based
7552 * ranging measurement (flag)
7553 * This attribute and %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED are
7554 * mutually exclusive.
7555 * if neither %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED nor
7556 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set, EDCA based
7557 * ranging will be used.
7558 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_LMR_FEEDBACK: negotiate for LMR feedback. Only
7559 * valid if either %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED or
7560 * %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED is set.
7561 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BSS_COLOR: optional. The BSS color of the
7562 * responder. Only valid if %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED
7563 * or %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED is set.
7565 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR: internal
7566 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7568 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_req
{
7569 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_INVALID
,
7571 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_ASAP
,
7572 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_PREAMBLE
,
7573 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP
,
7574 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_PERIOD
,
7575 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BURST_DURATION
,
7576 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST
,
7577 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_RETRIES
,
7578 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_LCI
,
7579 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_REQUEST_CIVICLOC
,
7580 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_TRIGGER_BASED
,
7581 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_NON_TRIGGER_BASED
,
7582 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_LMR_FEEDBACK
,
7583 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_BSS_COLOR
,
7586 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR
,
7587 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR_MAX
= NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_REQ_ATTR
- 1
7591 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons - FTM failure reasons
7592 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED: unspecified failure, not used
7593 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE: no response from the FTM responder
7594 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED: FTM responder rejected measurement
7595 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL: we already know the peer is
7596 * on a different channel, so can't measure (if we didn't know, we'd
7597 * try and get no response)
7598 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE: peer can't actually do FTM
7599 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP: invalid T1/T4 timestamps
7601 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY: peer reports busy, you may retry
7602 * later (see %NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME)
7603 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS: parameters were changed
7604 * by the peer and are no longer supported
7606 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_failure_reasons
{
7607 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_UNSPECIFIED
,
7608 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_NO_RESPONSE
,
7609 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_REJECTED
,
7610 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_WRONG_CHANNEL
,
7611 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_NOT_CAPABLE
,
7612 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_INVALID_TIMESTAMP
,
7613 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_PEER_BUSY
,
7614 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_FAILURE_BAD_CHANGED_PARAMS
,
7618 * enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp - FTM response attributes
7619 * @__NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: invalid
7621 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON: FTM-specific failure reason
7623 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX: optional, if bursts are reported
7624 * as separate results then it will be the burst index 0...(N-1) and
7625 * the top level will indicate partial results (u32)
7626 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS: number of FTM Request frames
7627 * transmitted (u32, optional)
7628 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES: number of FTM Request frames
7629 * that were acknowledged (u32, optional)
7630 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME: retry time received from the
7631 * busy peer (u32, seconds)
7632 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP: actual number of bursts exponent
7633 * used by the responder (similar to request, u8)
7634 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION: actual burst duration used by
7635 * the responder (similar to request, u8)
7636 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST: actual FTMs per burst used
7637 * by the responder (similar to request, u8)
7638 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG: average RSSI across all FTM action
7639 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm)
7640 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD: RSSI spread across all FTM action
7641 * frames (optional, s32, 1/2 dBm)
7642 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE: bitrate we used for the response to the
7643 * FTM action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info
7645 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE: bitrate the responder used for the FTM
7646 * action frame (optional, nested, using &enum nl80211_rate_info attrs)
7647 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG: average RTT (s64, picoseconds, optional
7648 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present)
7649 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE: RTT variance (u64, ps^2, note that
7650 * standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional)
7651 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD: RTT spread (u64, picoseconds,
7653 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG: average distance (s64, mm, optional
7654 * but one of RTT/DIST must be present)
7655 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE: distance variance (u64, mm^2, note
7656 * that standard deviation is the square root of variance, optional)
7657 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD: distance spread (u64, mm, optional)
7658 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI: LCI data from peer (binary, optional);
7659 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016
7660 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement
7662 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC: civic location data from peer
7663 * (binary, optional);
7664 * this is the contents of the Measurement Report Element (802.11-2016
7665 * 9.4.2.22.1) starting with the Measurement Token, with Measurement
7667 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD: ignore, for u64/s64 padding only
7669 * @NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR: internal
7670 * @NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute number
7672 enum nl80211_peer_measurement_ftm_resp
{
7673 __NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_INVALID
,
7675 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FAIL_REASON
,
7676 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_INDEX
,
7677 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_ATTEMPTS
,
7678 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_FTMR_SUCCESSES
,
7679 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BUSY_RETRY_TIME
,
7680 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_NUM_BURSTS_EXP
,
7681 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_BURST_DURATION
,
7682 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_FTMS_PER_BURST
,
7683 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_AVG
,
7684 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RSSI_SPREAD
,
7685 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_TX_RATE
,
7686 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RX_RATE
,
7687 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_AVG
,
7688 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_VARIANCE
,
7689 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_RTT_SPREAD
,
7690 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_AVG
,
7691 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_VARIANCE
,
7692 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_DIST_SPREAD
,
7693 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_LCI
,
7694 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_CIVICLOC
,
7695 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_PAD
,
7698 NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR
,
7699 NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR_MAX
= NUM_NL80211_PMSR_FTM_RESP_ATTR
- 1
7703 * enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes - OBSS packet detection attributes
7704 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7706 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET: the OBSS PD minimum tx power offset.
7707 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET: the OBSS PD maximum tx power offset.
7708 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_NON_SRG_MAX_OFFSET: the non-SRG OBSS PD maximum
7710 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_BSS_COLOR_BITMAP: bitmap that indicates the BSS color
7711 * values used by members of the SRG.
7712 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_PARTIAL_BSSID_BITMAP: bitmap that indicates the partial
7713 * BSSID values used by members of the SRG.
7714 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_SR_CTRL: The SR Control field of SRP element.
7716 * @__NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7717 * @NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX: highest OBSS PD attribute.
7719 enum nl80211_obss_pd_attributes
{
7720 __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_INVALID
,
7722 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MIN_OFFSET
,
7723 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX_OFFSET
,
7724 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_NON_SRG_MAX_OFFSET
,
7725 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_BSS_COLOR_BITMAP
,
7726 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_PARTIAL_BSSID_BITMAP
,
7727 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_SR_CTRL
,
7730 __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST
,
7731 NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_MAX
= __NL80211_HE_OBSS_PD_ATTR_LAST
- 1,
7735 * enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes - BSS Color attributes
7736 * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7738 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR: the current BSS Color.
7739 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED: is BSS coloring disabled.
7740 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL: the AID equation to be used..
7742 * @__NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7743 * @NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX: highest BSS Color attribute.
7745 enum nl80211_bss_color_attributes
{
7746 __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_INVALID
,
7748 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_COLOR
,
7749 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_DISABLED
,
7750 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_PARTIAL
,
7753 __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST
,
7754 NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_MAX
= __NL80211_HE_BSS_COLOR_ATTR_LAST
- 1,
7758 * enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes - interface type AKM attributes
7759 * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7761 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES: nested attribute containing a flag
7762 * attribute for each interface type that supports AKM suites specified in
7763 * %NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES
7764 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES: an array of u32. Used to indicate supported
7765 * AKM suites for the specified interface types.
7767 * @__NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7768 * @NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX: highest interface type AKM attribute.
7770 enum nl80211_iftype_akm_attributes
{
7771 __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_INVALID
,
7773 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_IFTYPES
,
7774 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_SUITES
,
7777 __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST
,
7778 NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_MAX
= __NL80211_IFTYPE_AKM_ATTR_LAST
- 1,
7782 * enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes - FILS discovery configuration
7783 * from IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016, Annex C.3 MIB detail.
7785 * @__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7787 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MIN: Minimum packet interval (u32, TU).
7788 * Allowed range: 0..10000 (TU = Time Unit)
7789 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MAX: Maximum packet interval (u32, TU).
7790 * Allowed range: 0..10000 (TU = Time Unit). If set to 0, the feature is disabled.
7791 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_TMPL: Template data for FILS discovery action
7792 * frame including the headers.
7794 * @__NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7795 * @NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute
7797 enum nl80211_fils_discovery_attributes
{
7798 __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INVALID
,
7800 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MIN
,
7801 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_INT_MAX
,
7802 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_TMPL
,
7805 __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST
,
7806 NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_MAX
= __NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_ATTR_LAST
- 1
7810 * FILS discovery template minimum length with action frame headers and
7813 #define NL80211_FILS_DISCOVERY_TMPL_MIN_LEN 42
7816 * enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes - Unsolicited broadcast probe
7817 * response configuration. Applicable only in 6GHz.
7819 * @__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7821 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INT: Maximum packet interval (u32, TU).
7822 * Allowed range: 0..20 (TU = Time Unit). IEEE P802.11ax/D6.0
7823 * 26.17.2.3.2 (AP behavior for fast passive scanning). If set to 0, the feature is
7825 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_TMPL: Unsolicited broadcast probe response
7826 * frame template (binary).
7828 * @__NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7829 * @NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute
7831 enum nl80211_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_attributes
{
7832 __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INVALID
,
7834 NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_INT
,
7835 NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_TMPL
,
7838 __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST
,
7839 NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_MAX
=
7840 __NL80211_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP_ATTR_LAST
- 1
7844 * enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism - The mechanism(s) allowed for SAE PWE
7845 * derivation. Applicable only when WPA3-Personal SAE authentication is
7848 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED: not specified, used internally to indicate that
7849 * attribute is not present from userspace.
7850 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK: hunting-and-pecking loop only
7851 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT: hash-to-element only
7852 * @NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH: both hunting-and-pecking loop and hash-to-element
7855 enum nl80211_sae_pwe_mechanism
{
7856 NL80211_SAE_PWE_UNSPECIFIED
,
7857 NL80211_SAE_PWE_HUNT_AND_PECK
,
7858 NL80211_SAE_PWE_HASH_TO_ELEMENT
,
7859 NL80211_SAE_PWE_BOTH
,
7863 * enum nl80211_sar_type - type of SAR specs
7865 * @NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER: power limitation specified in 0.25dBm unit
7867 * @NUM_NL80211_SAR_TYPE: internal
7869 enum nl80211_sar_type
{
7870 NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER
,
7872 /* add new type here */
7875 NUM_NL80211_SAR_TYPE
,
7879 * enum nl80211_sar_attrs - Attributes for SAR spec
7881 * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7883 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_TYPE: the SAR type as defined in &enum nl80211_sar_type.
7885 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS: Nested array of SAR power
7886 * limit specifications. Each specification contains a set
7887 * of %nl80211_sar_specs_attrs.
7889 * For SET operation, it contains array of %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER
7890 * and %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX.
7892 * For sar_capa dump, it contains array of
7893 * %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ
7894 * and %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ.
7896 * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7897 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_MAX: highest sar attribute
7899 * These attributes are used with %NL80211_CMD_SET_SAR_SPEC
7901 enum nl80211_sar_attrs
{
7902 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_INVALID
,
7904 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_TYPE
,
7905 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS
,
7907 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST
,
7908 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_MAX
= __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_LAST
- 1,
7912 * enum nl80211_sar_specs_attrs - Attributes for SAR power limit specs
7914 * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_INVALID: Invalid
7916 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER: Required (s32)value to specify the actual
7917 * power limit value in units of 0.25 dBm if type is
7918 * NL80211_SAR_TYPE_POWER. (i.e., a value of 44 represents 11 dBm).
7919 * 0 means userspace doesn't have SAR limitation on this associated range.
7921 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX: Required (u32) value to specify the
7922 * index of exported freq range table and the associated power limitation
7923 * is applied to this range.
7925 * Userspace isn't required to set all the ranges advertised by WLAN driver,
7926 * and userspace can skip some certain ranges. These skipped ranges don't
7927 * have SAR limitations, and they are same as setting the
7928 * %NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER to any unreasonable high value because any
7929 * value higher than regulatory allowed value just means SAR power
7930 * limitation is removed, but it's required to set at least one range.
7931 * It's not allowed to set duplicated range in one SET operation.
7933 * Every SET operation overwrites previous SET operation.
7935 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ: Required (u32) value to specify the start
7936 * frequency of this range edge when registering SAR capability to wiphy.
7937 * It's not a channel center frequency. The unit is kHz.
7939 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ: Required (u32) value to specify the end
7940 * frequency of this range edge when registering SAR capability to wiphy.
7941 * It's not a channel center frequency. The unit is kHz.
7943 * @__NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST: Internal
7944 * @NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_MAX: highest sar specs attribute
7946 enum nl80211_sar_specs_attrs
{
7947 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_INVALID
,
7949 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_POWER
,
7950 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_RANGE_INDEX
,
7951 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_START_FREQ
,
7952 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_END_FREQ
,
7954 __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST
,
7955 NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_MAX
= __NL80211_SAR_ATTR_SPECS_LAST
- 1,
7959 * enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes - multiple BSSID (MBSSID) and enhanced
7960 * multi-BSSID advertisements (EMA) in AP mode.
7961 * Kernel uses some of these attributes to advertise driver's support for
7963 * Remaining attributes should be used by the userspace to configure the
7966 * @__NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
7968 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_INTERFACES: Used by the kernel to advertise
7969 * the maximum number of MBSSID interfaces supported by the driver.
7970 * Driver should indicate MBSSID support by setting
7971 * wiphy->mbssid_max_interfaces to a value more than or equal to 2.
7973 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_EMA_PROFILE_PERIODICITY: Used by the kernel
7974 * to advertise the maximum profile periodicity supported by the driver
7975 * if EMA is enabled. Driver should indicate EMA support to the userspace
7976 * by setting wiphy->ema_max_profile_periodicity to
7979 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INDEX: Mandatory parameter to pass the index of
7980 * this BSS (u8) in the multiple BSSID set.
7981 * Value must be set to 0 for the transmitting interface and non-zero for
7982 * all non-transmitting interfaces. The userspace will be responsible
7983 * for using unique indices for the interfaces.
7984 * Range: 0 to wiphy->mbssid_max_interfaces-1.
7986 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_IFINDEX: Mandatory parameter for
7987 * a non-transmitted profile which provides the interface index (u32) of
7988 * the transmitted profile. The value must match one of the interface
7989 * indices advertised by the kernel. Optional if the interface being set up
7990 * is the transmitting one, however, if provided then the value must match
7991 * the interface index of the same.
7993 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_EMA: Flag used to enable EMA AP feature.
7994 * Setting this flag is permitted only if the driver advertises EMA support
7995 * by setting wiphy->ema_max_profile_periodicity to non-zero.
7997 * @__NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST: Internal
7998 * @NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX: highest attribute
8000 enum nl80211_mbssid_config_attributes
{
8001 __NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INVALID
,
8003 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_INTERFACES
,
8004 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX_EMA_PROFILE_PERIODICITY
,
8005 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_INDEX
,
8006 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_TX_IFINDEX
,
8007 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_EMA
,
8010 __NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST
,
8011 NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_MAX
= __NL80211_MBSSID_CONFIG_ATTR_LAST
- 1,
8015 * enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags - AP settings flags
8017 * @NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT: AP supports external
8019 * @NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT: Userspace supports SA Query
8020 * procedures offload to driver. If driver advertises
8021 * %NL80211_AP_SME_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD in AP SME features, userspace shall
8022 * ignore SA Query procedures and validations when this flag is set by
8025 enum nl80211_ap_settings_flags
{
8026 NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_EXTERNAL_AUTH_SUPPORT
= 1 << 0,
8027 NL80211_AP_SETTINGS_SA_QUERY_OFFLOAD_SUPPORT
= 1 << 1,
8031 * enum nl80211_wiphy_radio_attrs - wiphy radio attributes
8033 * @__NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
8035 * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_INDEX: Index of this radio (u32)
8036 * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE: Frequency range supported by this
8037 * radio. Attribute may be present multiple times.
8038 * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATION: Supported interface
8039 * combination for this radio. Attribute may be present multiple times
8040 * and contains attributes defined in &enum nl80211_if_combination_attrs.
8041 * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_ANTENNA_MASK: bitmask (u32) of antennas
8042 * connected to this radio.
8044 * @__NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_LAST: Internal
8045 * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_MAX: Highest attribute
8047 enum nl80211_wiphy_radio_attrs
{
8048 __NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_INVALID
,
8050 NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_INDEX
,
8051 NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_FREQ_RANGE
,
8052 NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_INTERFACE_COMBINATION
,
8053 NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_ANTENNA_MASK
,
8056 __NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_LAST
,
8057 NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_MAX
= __NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_ATTR_LAST
- 1,
8061 * enum nl80211_wiphy_radio_freq_range - wiphy radio frequency range
8063 * @__NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_INVALID: Invalid
8065 * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_START: Frequency range start (u32).
8067 * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_END: Frequency range end (u32).
8070 * @__NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_LAST: Internal
8071 * @NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_MAX: Highest attribute
8073 enum nl80211_wiphy_radio_freq_range
{
8074 __NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_INVALID
,
8076 NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_START
,
8077 NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_END
,
8079 __NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_LAST
,
8080 NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_MAX
= __NL80211_WIPHY_RADIO_FREQ_ATTR_LAST
- 1,
8083 #endif /* __LINUX_NL80211_H */